schiller institute manual_book_1 a manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

104
A MANUAL ON THE RUDIMENTS OF BOOK I Introduction and Human Singing Voice Schiller Institute

Upload: israel-monroy-munoz

Post on 02-Jun-2018

306 views

Category:

Documents


25 download

TRANSCRIPT

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 1/294

A MANUAL ON THE RUDIMENTS OF

B O O K I

Introduction andHuman Singing Voice

Schiller Institute

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 2/294

64   128 256 512 1024

Middle C

C C C   D E F G A B   C   C

do re mi fa sol la tido re mi fa sol la ti do re mi fa sol la ti do

F#

Soprano

A F F# F F# B C G

 Alto (mezzosoprano)

F Eb En Eb En*

Bb BnA

Contralto

D C# D C# D G

Tenor 

A B C F F# B C F

 Baritone

F# A Bb Eb En A

 Bass

D G Ab C# D G

* Mezzosoprano “Verdiana” is not strictly a fourth register; see Chapter 4.

First register

Second register

Third register

Fourth register

The Six Species of Human Singing Voice, and Their Registers

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 3/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 4/294

“This music manual is

without any doubt an

excellent initiative. It is

particularly important to

raise the question of tuning

in connection with bel cantotechnique, since today’s high

tuning misplaces all register

shifts, and makes it very

difficult for a singer to have

the sound float above the

breath. When an F-sharp

becomes a G, . . . everything

is misplaced half a step, andthe technique fails. . . .

“I also like in the manual

the hypothesis that 

instrumental music, too, is an

imitation, a derivative of 

vocal music. Also

instrumental music sounds

false when played at a high

tuning; the sound is as

unnatural in instruments as

in voices. . . . What is true for

the voice, is also true for

instruments.”

—Carlo Bergonzi 

 This manual is designed toprovide teachers and students

of music with a ready reference on the elementary aspects of Classical well-tempered tuning and voiceregistrations of singers andinstruments. It grew out of acollaborative project launchedby American statesman andeconomist Lyndon H.LaRouche, Jr., with the

intermediate aim of re-establishing a working grasp

of the principles of Classicalpolyphonic composition asexemplified in the works of 

 J.S. Bach, Mozart,Beethoven, Schubert, andBrahms; and with theultimate aim of applyingthose principles to spark anew Classical renaissance

 which can lift mankind out of 

the cultural rubble of twentieth-century Romanticism and Modernism.

Book I is primarily concerned with introducing the student

to the rudiments of Classicalmusical science, anddemonstrates the primacy of the human bel canto singing

 voice and its biologically-determined registration for allrigorously creative musicalcomposition. As LaRouchestates in the Foreword, “The

 vocalization of Classicalpoetry, according to

elementary bel canto principlesof vocalization, is song . Theparticipation of singersrepresentging two or more of the biologically determinedspecies of singing voices(soprano, tenor, etc.), is the essence of Classical well-tempered  polyphony.

Book II (in preparation) will

deal with the application of  vocal-polyphonic principles tomusical instruments, and willprovide a series of technicalappendices.

$30.00 ISBN 0-9621095-5-X 

Frank Hubbard Harpsichords, Boston, Massachusetts

Harpsichord by Hans Moermans, 1584.The inscription encapsulates the Classical  Idea: “Without science, art is nothing.” 

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 5/294

 A MANUAL

On the Rudiments of 

Tuning and Registration

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 6/294

BLANK PAGE

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 7/294

 A M A N U A L

On the Rudiments of Tuning and Registration

 Book I INTRODUCTION AND HUMAN SINGING VOICE

Schiller Institute • 1992

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 8/294

© 1992 by Schiller Institute, Inc.

P.O. Box 66082

Washington, D.C. 20035-6082

ISBN 0-9621095-5-X

Library of Congress Catalog Number: 90-062729

SIB 92-002

Book and cover design: Alan Yue

Cover photo: Andrew Spannaus

Project editors: John Sigerson and Kathy Wolfe

Composition: John Sigerson and World Composition Services, Inc., Sterling, Virginia

Music examples for this manual were produced on an Apple® Macintosh® computer 

using Finale® by Coda Music Software, and Aldus FreeHand® by Aldus Corporation.

Pages were produced using DesignStudio™ by Letraset USA.

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 9/294

D E D I C A T I O N

This manual is dedicated

to the living memory

of 

Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart(1756 –1791)

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 10/294

BLANK PAGE

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 11/294

T A B L E O F C O N T E N T S

viii FOREWORD

xv PREFACE The Classical Idea: Natural and ArtisticBeautyBY LYNDON H. LAROUCHE, JR.

PART I THE WELL-TEMPERED SCALE

3 CHAPTER  1 The Foundations of Scientific Tuning

PART II THE HUMAN SINGING VOICE

21 CHAPTER  2 The Six Species of Singing Voice

45 CHAPTER  3 The Soprano Voice

65 CHAPTER  4 The Mezzosoprano Voice

85 CHAPTER  5 The Contralto Voice

93 CHAPTER  6 The Tenor Voice

113 CHAPTER  7 The Baritone Voice

131 CHAPTER  8 The Bass Voice

PART III COMPOSING THE LIED

151 CHAPTER  9 Principles of Bel Canto

173 CHAPTER 10 Synthetic Geometry of Composition

199 CHAPTER 11 Artistic Beauty: Schiller versus Goethe

229 CHAPTER 12 Theme and Variations

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 12/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 13/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 14/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 15/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 16/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 17/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 18/294

Hark back to Nicolaus of Cusa’s work: the microcosm (Minimum)and the macrocosm (Maximum). We, through efficient development of that divine spark  which is our individual potential for creative-mentalacts, show ourselves, in working for the isochronically universal good,

to be truly in the living image of our Creator. We participate so, in thatwhich is greater than we are.

It is this quality of doing which marks us out, more than in any other way, as truly, perfectly sovereign individual reflections of our perfectlysovereign Creator. A true work of art brings  Many  into the perfectindivisibility of a sovereign Oneness,  which latter is the indivisibleOneness of that work of art taken as a whole. Such a work of art thusreflects upon the direct form of relationship between the sovereignindividuality of the creative intellect and that in whose likeness that

sovereignty is cast. Unless a work of art achieves that specific sort of sovereignty itself, and the other conditions also fulfilled, it is no true workof Classical art.

The last quartets of Beethoven, beginning with the Opus 127, epit-omize the opening into a new dimension of Classical musical com-position. Since then, the Opus 135, the best Classical composers throughBrahms, enriched the use of Beethoven’s heritage; but they budged musicas a whole not an inch further ahead, to this day.

Once, by the aid of insights contributed to young musical mastersby a science of music, there will be a more adequate assimilation of whatthe late quartets represent. Once the first truly sovereign musical com-position reflecting the principle of those quartets has been heard, we shallknow by that sign that the lesson has been mastered, and then music shall,at last, move ahead once more.

 —Lyndon H. LaRouche, Jr.

xiv M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 19/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 20/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 21/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 22/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 23/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 24/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 25/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 26/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 27/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 28/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 29/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 30/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 31/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 32/294

us better people It is a contribution best and most naturally celebrated the force of Agape to rule our minds and guide our actions at will

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 33/294

us better people. It is a contribution best and most naturally celebratedin the manner AgapeÑprescribes, by an intensi cation of that anti-eroticquality of emotion we associate with child-like tears of joy.

The most precious gift we may receive, is the means to bring forth

Figure F. This oil painting of a “Young Singer With a Candle” (Rome, Galleria Doria Pamphilij) wasmade most likely in Rome during the early decades of the seventeenth century by a French or Dutch artist,and strongly suggests that the quintessential Bel Canto experiment was well known at this time. In this erathe rst surviving treatises on the vocal art were also written, although the essential knowledge embedded in them goes back at least a century, to the era of Leonardo da Vinci. The youthful singer is shown witha wide-open, rounded mouth, inches away from a candle whose fl ame does not waver—indicating the“laser”-like properties of the properly produced voice. The anonymous artist is only known as the

 Maestro della Candela, the Candle Master. It was during the early seventeenth century that it rst became common, in Italy and then all over

northern Europe, for artists to portray single musicians, often of the lower social strata, playing instru-ments. These included lutes, guitars, viols, and various wind instruments, but most often they highlight therecently invented violin with its amazing properties of imitating the trained soprano voice. The paintingsare a great source of knowledge about the way these instruments were being played at this time.

 Although there are quite a few paintings from the international “tenebrist” school which show pic-aresque singers performing at night by candlelight, this one may be unique in its emphatic evocation of the

 physical superiority of the Italian School of Singing.

P R E F A C E : T H E C L A S S I C A L I D E A xxix

the force of  AgapeÑto rule our minds, and guide our actions, at will.Artistic beauty is a lever by means of which we are enabled to do justthat. That is the purpose of art in general, and music in particular,according to the Classical Idea.

Rome, Doria Pamphiliji/Photography by Araldo De Luca

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 34/294

BLANK PAGE

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 35/294

PART

I

THE WELL-TEMPERED

SCALE

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 36/294

BLANK PAGE

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 37/294

C H A P T E R

1

The Foundations of Scientific Tuning

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 38/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 39/294

  

E-flat G C′C

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 40/294

6 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

Tetrahedron Cube Octahedron

Icosahedron Dodecahedron

Figure 1.4 The ve Platonic solids.

product of the human voice and human mind—i.e., of living pro-cesses—therefore, everything in music must be coherent with the GoldenSection. This was emphatically the case for the development of Westernmusic from the Italian Renaissance up through Bach, Mozart, andBeethoven.

The Classical well-tempered system is itself based on the GoldenSection. This is very clearly illustrated with the following two series of 

tones, whose musical signi cance should be evident to any musician:

C–E-fl at–G–C, and C–E–F-sharp–G. In the rst series, the differencesof the frequencies between the successive tones form a self-similar seriesin the proportion of the Golden Section. The frequency differences of 

the second series decrease according to the Golden Section ratio (see

Figure 1.3).To understand the well-tempered system better, we must rst

examine the reason why certain speci c proportions, especially the

Figure 1.2 The famous Leonardo da Vinci drawing of the human bodyinscribed in a circle shows Golden Section proportions.

F-sharpE G

E-flat G   C

C

C

1/ φ2 1/ φ   1

1   1/ φ21/ φ

Figure 1.3 The differences in frequency-value between these these two basicseries of musical intervals, are ordered according to the Golden Section.

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 41/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 42/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 43/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 44/294

#C

 

First Register   econ eg ster r eg ster

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 45/294

C#B

Eb

E

FG

A

D

F#

Ab

Bb

C#C

B

Eb

E

FG

A

D

F#

Ab

Bb

AsteroidBelt

MarsEarth

Venus

Mercury

Saturn

Jupiter

  steroid Belt

Neptune

Uranus

Saturn

JupiterAsteroid Belt

Orbital band, perihelion to aphelion

is where the soprano makes the register-shift, in C=256 tuning. Thus,

complete coherence obtains, with this tuning, between the human voice,the Solar System, the musical system, and the synthetic geometry of conical spiral action. (Recent work by the late Dr. Robert Moon andassociates has extended this coherence to the “microcosm” of subatomicphysics.)

Figure 1.12 illustrates what happens if the tuning is arbitrarily raised,

from C=256 (corresponding to A between 427 and 432 Hz) to, forexample, A=449. The soprano register shifts (at approximately 350 Hzand 700 Hz) lie, in the higher tuning, between E and F, rather thanbetween F and F-sharp. This divides the octave in the wrong place,destroys the geometry of the musical system, destroys the agreementbetween music and the laws of the universe, and nally destroys thehuman voice itself.

If we arbitrarily changed the “tuning” of the Solar System in a similarway, it would explode and disintegrate! God does not make mistakes:

Our Solar System functions very well with its proper tuning, which isuniquely coherent with C=256. This, therefore, is the only scienti c

tuning.

Figure 1.11 A self-similar spiral will make exactly one full cycle in passing from Mercury to the region de ned by the overlapping orbits of Neptune and 

Pluto.

256 432 512 1,024

c′   d′   e′   f ′   g′f #′   a′   b′   c′′   d′′   e′′   g′′   a′′   b′′  c′′′f #′′

c′   d′   e′   f ′   g′f #′   a′   b′   c′′   d′′   e′′   g′′   a′′   b′′  c′′′f #′′

f ′′

f ′′

1,024512440256

Figure 1.12 At A=432 or below (top scale), the register shift occurs betweenF and F-sharp; at A=440 or above (bottom scale), it is forced downward tobetween E and F.

F O U N D A T I O N S O F S C I E N T I F I C T U N I N G 11

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 46/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 47/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 48/294

Figure 1.13 G. Oscar Russell’s 1931 book on phonetics used as its point of reference the “physical pitch” of C=256, as opposed to the reigning pre-World War II “international pitch” of A=435.

Figure 1.14 The 1944 Manual of the U.S. Army insists on C=256 as thestandard pitch, and notes that “sopranos nd it dif cult to sing music writtenby Handel and his contemporaries when accompanied by instruments tuned tothe [A=440] pitch adopted by the American Federation of Musicians.”

14 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 49/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 50/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 51/294

BLANK PAGE

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 52/294

BLANK PAGE

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 53/294

PART

II

THE HUMAN

SINGING VOICE

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 54/294

BLANK PAGE

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 55/294

C H A P T E R

 2

The Six Species of Singing Voice

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 56/294

FIGURE 2.2 Jan van Eyck, Singing Angels, Panel from the “GhentAltarpiece,” Ghent, 1426–32

Renaissance world outlook. Brunelleschi had solved the staggeringtechnical challenges of vaulting the huge space of the dome, by applyingthe principles of advanced geometry, in particular by adapting olderR h i i h i f h i l d

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 57/294

T H E S I X S P E C I E S O F S I N G I N G V O I C E 23

Franco-Flemish master composers such as Dufay, Ockeghem, and laterJosquin des Prez, were brought to Italy in the fteenth century to help

stimulate the development of polyphonic music in the peninsula.

Roman techniques appropriate to the construction of a spherical dome,to the much more dif cult problem of raising a curved ellipsoidal domeover an octagonal base.

A similar principle of ellipsoidal action appears to have been dis-covered for singing. The Cantoria (choir loft) of the Cathedral portrayschildren between approximately the ages of two to 14, singing andplaying the musical instruments described in Psalm 150. The sculptorof this relief, Luca della Robbia, was Brunelleschi’s principal protégéafter 1430, and his reliefs, now in the Cathedral Works Museum, werecommissioned as part of the project to complete the Cathedral.

The evidence of the choir loft sculptures suggests the following

program, at least as an ideal for that society: Singers were trained to singin childhood  for seven to ten years, starting from the age of two to ve,and continuing to the age of 13 to 15 (onset of puberty). They weretrained in church choral polyphony, and the mode of singing cor-responded to what we now call bel canto. Although in an earlier era, adultmen sang the upper polyphonic line (“soprano”) against the “tenor,”apparently by making use of a highly trained falsetto voice which wasnot usually required to sing any higher than a C or D above middle C,it was the introduction of boy sopranos that allowed for a far richer and

more fl exible development of the soprano line. To this day, vocal ped-agogues at the world’s few remaining bel canto children’s choirs af rmthat almost all children, at least until the age of 10–11, must be trainedas sopranos for optimum lifetime vocal development.

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 58/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 59/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 60/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 61/294

pre-existent, Cartesian “empty space” which is subsequently “divided”through the imposition of the human register-shifts upon that “space.”In fact no such “space” pre-exists. Rather, it is the action of the human

register shifts  in the musical domain which uniquely determines  the

at the D above C=256, such that the number of notes sung in the lower register is halved again, to a single note. Further divisions with respectto the C major scale—i.e., further voice species—are not possible.

As will be seen in the following figure, divisions of the C major scale

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 62/294

28 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

g f q y

universal quality of the C major scale, and which, by extension, deter-mines all the keys of the 24-key well-tempered domain. A musical scale

is therefore sufficiently defined not by what note it begins on, nor by itskey signature, but by how the scale is ordered according to the reg-

ister-shifts of the six species of human singing voice.

g g , j

above F-sharp occur as characteristics of the male voices’ first-to-secondregister shifts.

The reader is encouraged to examine this and the following register charts from the more profound standpoint already touched upon in theprevious chapter. Namely, the C major scale is not some axiomatically

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 63/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 64/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 65/294

FIGURE 2.10 Title Page of 1884 Law Decreeing C=256 throughoutItaly

should it be,” Verdi wrote, “that a note which is called A in Paris, orMilan, should become a B-fl at in Rome?” In 1884, Verdi’s proposal waspromulgated as a decree by the Italian War Ministry, institutionalizingA at 432 Hz throughout Italy.

Th d d t th Gi V di C t i Mil

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 66/294

32 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

The composer and political leader Giuseppe Verdi complained of thedamage to voices, denouncing the “shrieks [which] a too high tuning forkcan give,” as do thousands of singers today. Following a congress of musicians in Milan in 1881, Verdi took action. He wrote a proposal tocreate a “scienti c standard pitch” at approximately C=256, using the

Italian calculation of the upper limit for such a tuning, A=432. “Why

The decree, preserved at the Giuseppe Verdi Conservatory in Milan,states inter alia: “The Ministry of War has now prescribed that all the

orchestra instruments and those of military bands be tuned . . . from anormal A of 432 vibrations. . . . [M]usic is one thing the world over, andmusical notes are as eternal and immutable as the physical laws uponwhich they depend! . . . Many masterpieces of yesteryear were writtenunder the infl uence of a very moderate tuning fork. Therefore, with ourtoo high forks today, they are no longer reproduceable, or are reproducedonly at the cost of spoiling their sonority. . . . [T]he old pitches, judi-ciously measured against the natural range of the human voice, differed

by almost a half-step from the higher pitches of today.”Unfortunately, the Italian government soon abandoned the effort,

after a British-run conference held in Vienna the following year refusedto adopt an international standard. The result has been that manyorchestras, such as the late Herbert von Karajan’s Berlin Philharmonic,have arbitrarily raised their concert pitch to A=450 and beyond.

In 1988, at an international conference at the Casa Verdi in Milan,the Schiller Institute began a petition drive to re-implement Verdi’slegislation in Italy. Hundreds of the world’s leading opera singers and

instrumentalists joined that campaign.6

__________6 A Revolution in Musical Tuning Has Begun: The International Campaign to Set 

a Standard Scienti c Pitch at A=432 (C=256),  pamphlet published by the SchillerInstitute, Inc., Washington, D.C., 1989.

Philip Ulanowsky

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 67/294

voices of the same species, regardless of type. Such distinctions becameessential in opera beginning around the time of the American Revolution,because of the greater emphasis given to the development of the sove-reign, creative individual. For example, differentiating the character of 

the servant Susanna from that of the Countess in Mozart’s Le Nozze di

Voice Registers as the Medium of Socratic Dialogue

The practice of childhood training in bel canto voice registration during

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 68/294

34 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

the servant Susanna from that of the Countess in Mozart s Le Nozze di

 Figaro is important, as can be heard, for example, in the duet “Sull’Aria”

in Act II. Both singers, however, must sing with precisely the sameregister shifts, between F and F-sharp, in order for the musical and poetictension between the two to be properly heard.

Some of the most commonly used voice types are listed below:

Soprano type Roleleggero (light) Susanna in Le Nozze di Figaro

lirico (lyric) Countess in Le Nozze di Figaro

lirico spinto  Elisabetta in Don Carlo

(“pushed” or heavy lyric)drammatico (dramatic) Leonora in La Forza del Destino

Tenor type Roleleggero (light) Ottavio in Don Giovanni

lirico (lyric) Carlo in Don Carlo

drammatico (dramatic) Florestan in Fidelio

Similar categories have come to be used for mezzosopranos, basses, andbaritones.7

The practice of childhood training in bel canto voice registration during

the 400 years from the Renaissance to the early nineteenth century yields

a major clue to understanding the purpose of classical music. Why dogreat men write music?

The composer composes, not in order to impress, but rather to makethe working of the creative mind intelligible, to demonstrate the intel-

ligibility of the creative process. Classical musicians have long used thedistinct vocal registers to represent the different voices in a poetic dia-logue. This is because the human mind itself works as a “Socratic dia-logue,” a dialogue of multiple voices within the mind.

__________7 The contralto voice seems to be an exception. Modern usage of the term “contralto”

ought to be replaced by the designation “dramatic mezzosoprano.” See Chapter 5.

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 69/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 70/294

the requirement of ironical devices of simile, hyperbole, and metaphor.In banal poetry, the author introduces these elements of irony as mere,shallow rococo, to achieve the effect of exhibiting “style.” In the workof the true Classical poet, such ironical devices never appear as mere

embellishments; they always have a very distinct necessity.

use a word for this unheimlich  occurrence, a word from the linear vocabulary; hence, simile, hyperbole, and metaphor.

In the end, what is identified ironically must be demonstrated to bereal, efficient, changing the linear world in a concrete way. Goethe teased

his audience in minor, short poems in which the “surprise ending”

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 71/294

T H E S I X S P E C I E S O F S I N G I N G V O I C E 37

The poem introduces at various points matters which seem linear 

enough. This leads into singularities, for which no literal expressionexists within the bounds of the preceding, linear notion. What appearsmimics something knowable within the linear framework, but is not that:hence, simile, hyperbole, and metaphor. Something beyond the peripheryof linear vision has appeared in the range of vision, whose existence cannot be denied, but whose nature lies outside the linear domain. We must

revealed the truth of what had preceded; the subjects are usually trivial,

and biting wit, but useful to study as a simple demonstration of the sameprinciple of composition in more serious classical compositions.

It is the interplay of voicings, which conveys the action of socraticdialogue in progress, leading to a Socratic resolution demonstratingironical reality of what appeared metaphorical, which is the fundamentalaspect of poetry.

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 72/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 73/294

FIGURE 2.14 Praetorius, Clefs and Organ Pipes FIGURE 2.15 Praetorius, Chest of Instrumental Voices

 

ee

aa

e′′′   

a′′   

 f ′′′   

f ′′

b b′′    b

 n′′   

wISIGNA

IICLAVES

IIIFEET (length of 

organ pipes)

1/4

1/

c′′′    d ′′′   

 g′′   

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 74/294

40 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

Michael Praetorius (1571–1621), a colleague of Johannes Kepler anda chronicler of the Renaissance origins of music, wrote his two-volumehistory of humanist musical practices Syntagma Musicum (1620) in order

to demonstrate that the science of music has always been based upon thehuman singing voice. Here Praetorius shows the genesis of all of the clefsof the musical system, as well as the pipes of the organ, from the C=256

of the singing voice. Praetorius’s major writings coincide with those of Kepler on the planetary system. After Kepler’s Mysterium Cosmo-

graphicum  appeared in 1597, Praetorius published Musica Sion .

Kepler’s Astronoma Nova and Harmonici Mundi in 1619 were followedby Praetorius’s Syntagma.

These woodcuts from Praetorius’s Theatrum Instrumentorum show that

through the seventeenth century, instruments generally came in choirs,called “chests of voices” and modeled on the basic human singing voicesof soprano (“cantus”), alto, tenor, and bass. The woodcut shows thefamilies of woodwinds of the seventeenth century.

dd 

 g

 F

C

 F

B ?

C=256

clef 

C

e′′   

a′   

e′   

a

e

 A

 E

 A

 E

 F

 B b

 B b

 F

 f 

 f ′   

b b

 f 

 B n

′   b b

 B n

b n

′   b n &

? w

w

1/2

11/2

1

2

3

4

6

8

12

16

c′′   

c′   

c

C

C

d ′′   

 g′   

d ′   

 g

G

 D

G

 D

FIGURE 2.16 Set of Eight Seventeenth-century Italian Recorders FIGURE 2.17 The Master of the St. Lucy Legend, “Mary, Queen of Heaven”

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 75/294

T H E S I X S P E C I E S O F S I N G I N G V O I C E 41

These seventeenth-century Italian recorders are preserved today in amuseum in Venice precisely as they were delivered upon purchase at thetime, never singly, but always in choirs.

During the Renaissance of the fteenth and early sixteenth century—and

indeed ever since St. Augustine wrote on music in the fourth cen-tury—it had never been doubted that the human singing voice was the

closest approximation to the divine order in music, and the basis of instrumental music. The artists of the Renaissance show this concepttaking on increasingly sensuous form. The singing voice was considered

the work of God, whereas musical instruments were the handiwork of man, acting in God’s image.

In this picture painted probably for a patron in Spain around 1480

FIGURE 2.18 Raphael, “The Ecstasy of St. Cecilia,” 1514

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 76/294

42 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

In this picture, painted probably for a patron in Spain around 1480

in Bruges (Flanders), instruments were seen in a heirarchy, such that theywere the more holy, the closer they came to imitation of singing voice.The artist portrays a concert played before the Trinity in Heaven, con-sisting of two choirs, one of small angels (like child sopranos) and theother of adolescents or young men—11 vocalists in all, who singantiphonally from two choir books, and six accompanying instru-

mentalists playing instruments of the “soft” type used to accompany“house music” in that era—psalter, harp, lute, and recorders. The scenerefl ects actual musical practice, in which the instruments are intended to

imitate and refl ect, but never overpower the voice. Note, too, that thehighest music, vocal polyphony, is to the right of the Trinity.

Contrasted with this is the larger musical ensemble which surroundsMary in her transport toward heaven. The music portrayed here includesmany “loud” as well as “soft” instruments, and only four singers—

probably an indication that this was meant to convey the noisy pomp of a procession, a kind of music considered to be more “earthly.”

In this allegory of the patron saint of music, the three levels of music aredepicted for the rst time as corresponding to three kinds of performance.

At the bottom of the painting lie a six-string viol, strings broken off, along

with cymbals, triangles, and other “loud” instruments typical of the dancein that day. According to the legend of her life, St. Cecilia rejected thismusic during her wedding. In the center, St. Cecilia holds a “soft” por-tative organ, which because of its polyphonic character, common to all

keyboard instruments, and the tradition of its use to accompany liturgicalmusic, corresponds to hymn-singing and is closer to the divine ideal of

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 77/294

T H E S I X S P E C I E S O F S I N G I N G V O I C E 43

music, corresponds to hymn singing and is closer to the divine ideal of 

music. Even this, however, is falling from her hands, as she alone hearsthe highest level of music, the heavenly voices of the choir of angels atthe top of the painting. Raphael takes care to show the angels as readingdifferent parts of a multi-voiced piece from different scores, thus indi-cating that the closest approximation of the divine in music was con-sidered multi-voiced choral polyphony.

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 78/294

C H A P T E R

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 79/294

 3The Soprano Voice

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 80/294

fFIGURE 3.2 The Three Species of Renaissance Voice

 

C C C C CD E F G A B

64 128 256 512 1024

e

FIGURE 3.3 Dufay, Nuper rosarum flores 

I

& 23Nu

w .   œ   œ   ˙ .   œ   œ   œper 

˙

ro -

˙

sa

˙   ˙ œ   œrum

˙

flo -

œ  #˙   œ

res

w   Ó

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 81/294

T H E S O P R A N O V O I C E 47

FA (C256)

 Boy Soprano

C128

Tenor 1 = “alto”

A

C128

Tenor 2 = “tenor”

A

F

 Bass

D

The chart shows the three kinds of human voices used during the timeof the 1439 Council of Florence, the high-point of the Italian Renais-

sance. It was during the Renaissance that the practice of composition byhuman voice registration was standardized, based on the child sopranovoice.

Since women did not sing in church, the soprano line was entirelysustained by children, and all children were classified as sopranos. There

were only three widely-used species of voice: soprano, tenor, and bass.

&Ex

˙ .   œdo -

˙now

po -

˙

ti -w

fi -œ   œ

cisw

Hi -

˙

e -

˙

mew

li -

˙

cet

˙ .   œhor -

˙ .ri -œ   #œ   œ

daw .

There is no end to examples demonstrating how all music in the classicalpolyphonic tradition, from the Renaissance onward, has been constructedaround shifting from one registral voice to the next, just as the Classicalpoet does in his compositions, and, in an analogous way, the Classicaldramatist.

Guillaume Dufay’s polyphonic motet  Nuper rosarum flores, com-posed in 1436 for the occasion of the consecration of the great cupola

of the Cathedral of Florence, was based entirely around dialogue betweenthe two registers of the boy soprano voice.

The first line of the theme sits in the child soprano’s second register,and the second line of the couplet shifts downward into the firstregister.

fFIGURE 3.4 Dunstable, Quam pulcra es, at C=256

& 43Quam

˙ œpul -

œcra

œ .   j

œes

˙

FIGURE 3.6 Dunstable, Quam pulcra es, at A=440

& 43Quam

˙ œpul -

œcra

œ .   j

œes

˙

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 82/294

48 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

& etœ quam

˙de -œ co -œ ra,œ

The same practice was also established by the Flemish and English bythe early 1400s.

Compositions for boy soprano were constructed around the pivotalF-sharp register shift above middle C=256, with a new voice enteringat the F-sharp or G above C=256.

In the example above, the Englishman John Dunstable (d. 1453)

placed his emphasis in the soprano line upon the verbal action “es” (“is”)by making it the entrance of a new voice. The text, taken from the Song

of Solomon, begins with describing the beloved in the first register,“Quam pulcra” (“How beautiful”), and then shifts to the new voice of the second register at “es.” Thus it is particularly necessary that theF-naturals be in the first register, so as to distinguish the G following.

FIGURE 3.5 Dunstable, Quam pulcra es, at C=256

& 43Ca -

œput

œtu -

œum

œ   Œut

œ   œCar -

jœ   œme -

œFjœ

lus.

˙ Œ

It is also necessary that the initial statement of the F-naturals be sung in

the first register, so that the development of the piece at “Caput tuum”(“Thine head upon thee is like Carmel”) can make a significant shift atthe F-sharp which is known to have been sung at “Carmelus.”

& etœ quam

˙de -œ co -œ ra,œ

Higher tunings would move the F-naturals preceding the new voice up

into the same register as the F-sharp and the G—so there can be no “newvoice.” Lower tunings would move the F-sharp, and perhaps even theG, down into the same register as the F-naturals—again, no “new voice.”

FIGURE 3.7 Josquin des Prez, De profundis 

I I

I

& C „   ∑

De

w .-pro -

˙

fun

w-dis

wcla

˙ .   œ- - -

œ œma

˙ .   œ œ œvi

˙

& adw

F#

te,

˙   ˙

Do -w mi -˙

- -ne,˙

Do˙   ˙ . œ -   -

˙ ˙ . œ œ œ - - -

˙   ˙ . œ œ œ

-

˙

Leonardo’s contemporary Josquin des Prez (1445–1521) similarly usesa new voice at the critical poetic idea “ad te, Domine” (“to Thee, Lord”),by introducing an F-sharp, again at the register shift into the secondregister. (Although the F-sharp is not written in the score, there can belittle doubt that it was performed as such, according to the rules of musica ficta, in order to cadence on the G.)

This is the soprano line of the four-part motet. The words are fromPsalm 130: “Out of the depths have I cried unto thee,” with “ad te” (“untothee”) placed in the second register.

fFIGURE 3.8 F Major Scale, at C=256 and A=440

I

At C=256:

III

&   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ

FIGURE 3.9 Mozart, Exsultate, jubilate, K. 165

 

I

&   b cEx -

˙ .sul -

œta -

œb   œte,

œ   Ó ju -

˙ .bi -

œnla -

œ   œte,

œ

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 83/294

T H E S O P R A N O V O I C E 49

At A=440: &   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œComposers also developed the practice of making a poetic statement inthe second register, which resolved or affirmed itself at the end by fallinginto the first register, usually F-natural or the notes just below.

The configuration of the F major scale shows why the key of F major became a special favorite of Mozart and others for the soprano voice.

At C=256, the uppermost note of the first register, F, is like a period atthe end of a sentence. All the rest of the scale is in the central, second

register.At A=440, the F major scale is altered radically. The lowermost F

is now jammed into the second register, creating a monotone effect atwhat at C=256 is the major singularity of the first register resolution atthe end of the scale.

Also observe that the high F at the top of the scale has been likewiseforced up into the third or “head” register, into which this scale is notsupposed to enter at all.

&   boœ   œ

vosœ   œ

a -œ

ni-œ

mæœ   œ

be -œ   œ

a -œ   œ

tæ,œ   Ó

o

˙vos

˙ba -œ .

ni-jœ

mæœ   Œ

One of Mozart’s most well-known concert arias for soprano, Exsultate, jubilate was composed in Milan in early 1773 when the composer was16 years old, for the famous soprano castrato Venanzio Rauzzini.

The repugnant tradition of castration was created by the oligarchsof Venice as a by-product of the Counter-Reformation; but it does serve

as a demonstration—albeit a negative one—of the high regard in whichthe “boy” soprano voice was held during the period 1400–1800. The

alternative, practiced in Germany, was to train large numbers of newyoung boy sopranos each year, and to let newly pubescent youthsgraduate from sopranohood.

Works composed for the soprano castrato voice, while requiringmore power and agility to perform than would normally be expected froma child soprano, nevertheless involve the same compositional con-siderations as with the child soprano voice.

This is the opening movement of the three-movement cantata. Here,the theme for the composition as a whole is given by the necessary shift

on the second poetic phrase, down into the first register:

Exsultate, jubilate! (Exult, rejoice!)—second registerO vos animæ beatæ (O blessed voices)—first register

which is a fine example of Classical poetic statement and apposition.

fFIGURE 3.10 Mozart, Exsultate, jubilate, K. 165, at C=256

 

I

&   b co

œ   œvos

œ   œa -

œ   œni -

œ   œmæ

œ   œbe -

œ   œa -

œ   œtæ,

œ

 

The Soprano Third Register 

J.S. Bach and Mozart especially developed the use of the high thirdregister in the child soprano voice.

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 84/294

50 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

This verse of Movement I again depends for its conclusion on the criticallow F in the first register at the end of the phrase:

O vos animæ beatæ (O blessed voices)—second registerExsultate, jubilate! (Exult, rejoice)—first register

which is an example of poetic statement and resolution.

FIGURE 3.11 Mozart, Exsultate, jubilate, K. 165, at A=440

At A=440 the critical resolution at the end of this last couplet inMovement I is forced up entirely into the middle register, thereby

reducing it to only one poetic voice.

&   b ex -œ   œ sul -œ   œ ta -œ   œ te,œ   œ  ju -œ   œ bi -œ   œ la -œ te!œ

III III

&   b co

œ   œvos

œ   œa -

œ   œni -

œ   œmæ

œ   œbe -

œ   œa -

œ   œtæ,

œ

&   bex -

œ   œsul -

œ   œta -

œ   œte,

œ   œ ju -

œ   œbi -

œ   œla -

œte!

œ

Referring back to Figure 3.1, notice on the right-hand side, that whenwe add a second C scale ascending from C=512 to C=1024, there is an

additional shift, again between C–D–E–F and G–A–B–C, this time atthe high G at the top of the staff. This is called the third register in thesoprano voice.

Observe that in order for this crucial symmetry to exist, the F at thetop of the staff must remain down in the second register, with only theG shifting to the third register. In the F major scale, for example (seeFigure 3.8), at C=256 this symmetry is preserved in all registers, whereas

it is destroyed at A=440 when the high F is forced upward into the thirdregister.

In Figure 3.11 above, for example, at A=440 the opening highF-naturals, which are meant to be passed through rapidly, are forced intothe third register and stand out artificially, almost comically. In order toavoid this problem while still performing at A=440, most singers willsimply strain the second register upwards and maintain the F in thesecond register; but ultimately they are defeated in their attempt to remainfaithful to the composer’s intention, because then the F’s tend to takeon an unpleasantly shrill quality.

fFIGURE 3.12 Mozart, Exsultate, jubilate, K. 165

&   b cme,

˙   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œn   œ   œ   œ œ#   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ

FIGURE 3.13 Mozart, Exsultate, jubilate, K. 165

 

. . .&   b   42Al -

œle -

œnlu -

œ .   œ   œ ja,

œ   Œal -

œle -

œnlu -

œ .   œ   œ ja,

œ   Œ  œ

œ

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 85/294

T H E S O P R A N O V O I C E 51

&   b  œ   œ#   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œn   œ   œ   œ   œ   œn   œ psal -

˙ Ÿlantœ . cumJœ&   b

me,

˙

˙psal

˙

˙

&   b   w   Ÿlant

˙   œ .cum

Jœme.

œ   Œ ÓIn this development passage later in the same movement of the com-position, we see how powerfully these three distinct registers can act as

distinct contrapuntal voices. Working at at C=256, Mozart used only thesecond and first registers for the opening of the piece (as in Figures 3.9and 3.10). He reserved the special new emphasis of the third register for this later passage, in which the dramatic jump into that register createsthe potential for sudden leaps downward into the first register, and backagain. A dense series of singularities such as this does not work unlessthe different registers are comprehended as distinct musical voices.

&   b al -œ   œ   œ le -Jœ lu -  œ  ja,Jœ al -Jœ le -œ lu -œ   œn  ja,œ   ŒMozart deliberately saved a major development highlighting the thirdregister for the third and final movement of the cantata. The effect isruined at A=440, because the third register would already be introducedin the very first bar sung by the performer.

This example, from the opening of the third movement, sung entirelyon “Alleluja,” is based on inverting the registral relations of the first

movement. In the first movement, the poetical statement was in thesecond register, with a resolution into the first register, whereas here the

musical idea is presented in the second register, and is then elevated toa new idea in the third register. The passage is followed by repeated, joyous coloratura runs into the third register. None of these features areevident at A=440.

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 86/294

fFIGURE 3.16 Characteristics of the Child Soprano Voice

Choral tessituraRenaissance C-C

Choral tessituraBach, Mozart F-F

Choral rangeRenaissance A-F

Choral rangeBach, Mozart B-B

&  œ   œ

&

œ

&

œ

&

FIGURE 3.18 Dunstable, Quam pulcra es 

& 43ca -

œris -

j

œsi -

jœma

œin

œ

  œde -

œ   œli

œ   œ   œ œ   œ

  œci -

œA

œ

  œis.

œ

 

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 87/294

T H E S O P R A N O V O I C E 53

&   œ   œ&   œ&   œ&In addition to the primary characteristic of the register shift, which de-

fines the species of each human voice species, each species has its sec-ondary characteristics: tessitura, range, and color.

“Tessitura,” from the Italian tessere,  “to weave,” refers to thestrongest part of a cloth upon the loom, the area where the warp and weftmeet in the center. It indicates the area of the scale where a voice isstrongest, “feels comfortable,” or sings most frequently.

Choral range indicates the extreme low and high notes which theaverage chorus member is expected to sing. Solo range indicates the

extreme low and high notes of the trained soloist.

FIGURE 3.17 Josquin des Prez, De profundis 

The full range of the boy soprano voice extended in Renaissance rep-ertoire from the A below C=256, to the E or F above C=512.

FIGURE 3.19 Josquin des Prez, Ave verum corpus

It was reportedly the great Josquin who first extended the soprano range

from the D of the 1400s to the F above C=512.

FIGURE 3.20 J.S. Bach, “Gloria” from Mass in B Minor, BWV 232

By the generation before J.S. Bach, in the late seventeenth century,composers had discovered how to utilize and develop the third register in sopranos, including children. J.S. Bach extended the choral and solorange of the child soprano to the high B-natural above the staff.

C=512C=256

&   CDo

˙   ˙ .   œ   ˙ ˙ .   œ   œ   œ   ˙   ˙ .   œ   œ   œ   ˙   ˙   ˙   œ   œ   œ   œ ˙

.   œ w mi -

˙ne.›

Most of the tessitura of the vocal passagework in the average boy sopranochoral part of the Renaissance, sits squarely within the octave fromC=256 to C=512. The register shift divides the soprano’s tessitura pre-cisely in half.

uper us 

&   C „ „ A -

›ve

wve -

w   ˙   ˙

rum

w wcor -

wpus

wna -

w wtum,

w

Soprano 1

&   # #   83   ‰in

Jœex -

JœB n

cel -

Jœ   œ   œsis

œ   œDe -

œ .o,

œ   ‰

fFIGURE 3.21 J.S. Bach, Jesu, meine Freude, BWV 227

Soprano 1

Soprano 2 

&

&

# 43to -

j

œbe

j

œWelt,

jœund

sprin -

J

œB n

ge;

j

œIch

œ Œ

steh’

˙#hier 

œ# ‰und

J

œsin -

œ   œ#   œ

ge,

œ#

The Adult Soprano Voice

FIGURE 3.23 Mozart, “Batti, batti” from Don Giovanni, Act I,Scene 4, No. 12

I I

&

˚

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 88/294

54 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

The range of the choral soprano part in J.S. Bach’s compositions extendsup to a high B-natural  (Figure 3.20) and down to the B-natural two

octaves below.

FIGURE 3.22 J.S. Bach, “Wir setzen uns mit Tränen nieder” fromSt. Matthew Passion, BWV 244, Part II, No. 68

Bach took advantage of this to raise the tessitura of the average sopranoline to the octave from F to F above C=256. The characteristic sopranotessitura in the eighteenth century is in the range of F above middle Cto the F above.

& # 43to -

jœbe

jœWelt,

jœund

jœsprin -

Jœge;

jœIch

œ   Œsteh’

˙

hier 

œ ‰und

Jœsin -

˙

ge,

œ

&   b b   43F

[ru–]

œ – 

œfen

œ   œdir 

œb œF

im

œGra -

œ   œbe

œ   œ   jœ

F

zu:

œ .

The adult soprano has the same register shifts as the child soprano, at theF-sharp above C=256 and the F-sharp above C=512.

Adult females were allowed to sing solo roles in opera and in somechurches during the seventeenth century. In churches, however, womenwere only allowed to sing in choruses in Germany after about 1750,although they were admitted into choruses somewhat earlier in Englandand Italy.

The example above indicates another way of utilizing the central roleof register shifts. The statement of the theme is in the ironic double-voicing of “Batti, batti” (“beat [me], beat [me]”) in the second register,

separated by a comma from the following “bel Masetto” (“nice Masetto”)in the first register.

In the second line of the couplet, the F is raised to F-sharp, in keepingwith a new idea with a new voicing, all in the higher register, referringto “your poor Zerlina.” This is doubly ironic, since “poor Zerlina” hasleft Masetto on their wedding day for the degenerate Don Giovanni, andshe is nowhere near as sweet and fine as her charming light second

register line pretends.

F#

& b 42Bat -

œ   œti,

œ   œbat -

œ   œti,

œo

œbel

jœ .Ma -

j˚œset -

jœto,

& bla

œ   œtua

œ   œpo -

œ#   œve -

œ   œ   jœ

ra

Jœ .Zer -

Jœli -

œ   œna!

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 89/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 90/294

fFIGURE 3.28 J.S. Bach, Coffee Cantata, BWV 211

The adult soprano’s shift from the second to the third register is also usedto indicate major poetic changes

FIGURE 3.30 Mozart, Die Zauberflöte, Act I, Scene 17, No. 8

&   # #   83Cof -

J

œfee,

œcof -

J

œfee,

œcof -

J

œfee

J

œmuß

J

œich

J

œha -

J

œben,

œ   œ   œ

 

III

?   cPapageno 

Mein

J

œKind,

œ   Œ Œ ‰was

J

œwer -

œ .den

J

œwir 

œ .nun

J

œ#sprech

J

œen?

J

œ   Œ Œ   &

&Pamina 

˙

˙

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 91/294

T H E S O P R A N O V O I C E 57

The adult soprano s shift from the second to the third register is also usedto indicate major poetic changes.Bach’s humorous Coffee Cantata is one of many such examples.

When the young Lieschen demands her coffee, she does so twice at thetop of the second register (D and E), and then underlines her insistenceby singing most of the third repetition in the third register (F-sharp– G–A).

FIGURE 3.29 Mozart, “Dove sono” from Le nozze di Figaro, Act III,Scene 8, No. 19

The lyrics mean “. . . should bring me a hope to change his ungratefulheart.” The shift into the third register occurs with the verb “cangiar”(“to change”).

This example shows how an entire extended work can be centered around

the new voice which enters at a vocal register shift. The princess Paminainsists she must tell Sarastro the truth, “die Wahrheit,” even if her escapefrom imprisonment by Sarastro’s malevolent servant is a crime under what she imagines to be Sarastro’s law. Pamina’s response contrasts withthe fearful Papageno (a baritone), who asks: “My child, what are wegoing to say now?” Her response is constructed in C major, such that the

first “die Wahrheit” is sung on F-natural, followed by a restatement ona high G in the third register. This register shift sets the stage for theentrance of the philosopher-king Sarastro, and is thus the turning pointof the entire opera, when we are obliged to rethink the “media line” abouta good Queen of the Night who has been so unjustly wronged by the evilSarastro. Modern performances at A=440 obscure this transition, byforcing both the F and the G into the third register.

There is an exactly parallel development of register shifts in the

instruments of the orchestra at this point in the opera.

&   c Ómi

œpor -

œtas -

œ   œse

œ   Ó Œu -

œna

œspe -

œran -

œ   œza

œ   Ó

&   Ódi

œcan -

œgiar 

w œ œb   ˙   œ   œl’in -

œ   œgra -

œto

œcor,

œ#   œ

&   ‰Die

jœWahr - heit,

œ   ‰die

jœWahr - heit!

œ&   Œ

war 

œ .sie

Jœauch

œ .Ver-

Jœbrech-

Jœen!

Jœ   Œ Œ

f

FIGURE 3.31 Beethoven, “Abscheulicher! Wo eilst du hin?” from Fidelio, Act I, Scene 6, No. 9

FIGURE 3.32 Verdi, “Tu che le vanità” from Don Carlo, Act IV

&   # # # #   42   Œ ‰O

j

komm

œ   ‰F

#

er -

œ .   œhell',

œ   J

œ

˚

˚

&   # # #   44Tu

œ . .che

J

œle

œva -

J

œ .ni -

J

œta

˙

co -

œ . .no -

j

œsce -

˙sti

œ . .del

j

œmon -

˙

do

œ ‰ .

&  # #

œ . .

˙

˙

˚

˙

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 92/294

58 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

Every great vocal composer through the turn of the twentieth century

used this registral principle. Beethoven in his opera Fidelio constructedthis aria to reveal the heroic character of Leonore, around the emotional

distinction between the rich low E (“Come [hope!]”) in the first register of the dramatic soprano, and the lighter F-sharp (“illuminate my goal”)in the second register.

Similarly, Giuseppe Verdi’s final statement for Friedrich Schiller’sheroine, Queen Elizabeth, draws the moral point of the opera, and isentirely based around the F-sharp shifts, both high and low. In the phrase,“Thou, who didst know the vanities of the world, and who enjoyest thedeep repose of the tomb,” the words “thou,” “enjoyest,” “repose,” are in

the third register, while for “know,” “world,” and “deep,” Verdi bringsthe soprano low into her first register.

œ&   # # # #er -

Jœhell'

Jœmein

JœZiel,

œ   œ#sei's

j˚œnoch

jœso

j˚œfern,

Jœ . & # eJœ go - diJœ nell' -œ a -œ .   œ vel ilœ . ri -Jœ po - soœ   jœ . pro -jœ# fon -

˙do,œ   Œ

f

 

Flute Solo 

&

G

The Soprano Fourth Register

FIGURE 3.33 Mozart, “Martern aller Arten” from Die Entführung aus dem Serail, Act II, Scene 3, No. 11

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 93/294

T H E S O P R A N O V O I C E 59

f

Mozart also extensively developed the contrapuntal use of the high rangeof the soprano soloist, especially the poetical use of the soprano’s fourthor “super-high” register, known also as the “bell” register.

During the seventeenth century, the castrati in Italy had developedthe ability to sing extremely high florid passages from high C=1024 andabove, and female soloists had begun to imitate these (see Figure 3.44).

Handel had developed this fourth register from the realm of meregymnastics into a new voice for expression of poetic ideas, and Mozartwrote arias based around this fourth voice, in a range extending to theG above high C.

In C=256 tuning, the fourth register begins on C=1024, and not onthe high B-flat or B-natural as is taught in modern pedagogy, adjustedas it is to higher tunings of A=440 and above.

The aria cited above, from Mozart’s Abduction from the Seraglio,requires the soprano to hold the B-natural in the third register, and toenter into the new register only on the high C. This can be seen from the

parallel register and phrasing shifts which occur in these passages withthe solo flute, oboe, violin, and violoncello in the orchestra, which alongwith the soprano soloist constitute a solo quintet.

In the first measure of the example, the violin solo plays a D major 

IV

Oboe solo 

Violin solo 

'Cello solo 

Soprano solo, Constanze 

Orchestra basses 

&&

&?

&?

cc

c

c

cc

ww#D

œ   œ   œ#   œ   œ  œ   œ#   œ œ œ œ

Him -w∑

wF#

œ#   œ   œ œ œ   œ œ   œ# œ œ œ

w

melsw∑

œ   œ   œ œ œ   œ   œ#   œ œ œ œwnw

Sew∑

wnw

w∑   B 

B

 –  œ –  œ  œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   .

 – 

œ   .œ   .œ

ww

wœ   œ œ œ œ œ   œ œ œ œ œ

C10

 – 

w

fœ Œ Ó

fœ   Œ Ó

fœ  Œ Ó

F#

œ#   Œ Ó

 – 

œ

 –  Œ ÓF#

œ#   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   .œ#   .œ   .œ   .œ

scale up to the repeated D at the end of the bar, which leads to thecross-voice of the entering oboe on the F-sharp at the downbeat of thenext bar. Each succeeding voice enters in the same way in the succeedingmeasures, with cross-voices on F-sharp–G, G–B, B–A, and finally A– 

F-sharp, all on the first beat of each measure. The soprano, as a member of the quintet, must shift registers at the downbeat high C as part of thisprocess.

As will be analyzed further in Book II, many of the solo instruments

FIGURE 3.35 Mozart, Sperai vicino il lido, K. 368

&   b cSpe -

œrai

˙ .vi -

œ

  œci -

œ   œno

˙

il

œli -

œdo,

œ   Ó Ó Œ

& b ˙

˙

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 94/294

60 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

f

y , ylikewise have register shifts on the first beat of each measure here.

FIGURE 3.34 Mozart, “Der Hölle Rache klopft in meinem Herzen”from Die Zauberflöte , Act II, Scene 7, No. 14

Mozart uses a similar device of shifting to the fourth register on a

signficant—in this case repeated—note of the phrase to emphasize thewitch-like psychological state into which the Queen of the Night has

suddenly “flipped.” At the entrance of the high C, she is heard to laughin a new voice, as though her evil intentions all along had suddenly comeout.

Lest the Queen of the Night’s infamous high passages be consideredextraordinary, it should be pointed out that Mozart wrote even more

sustained fourth register passages, especially in his concert arias. Thisone, composed for his wife’s sister Aloysia Weber, makes a shift intothe fourth register by suddenly jumping a full octave, from F in the

second register to the F above, on the verb “trasportar” (“I feel myself transported”).

&   b c so

œbist

˙

du,

˙

nein!

˙

Œ mei-Jœ

neJœ

Toch -

œ .ter Jœ

nim-

œ .mer -J

œmehr,

˙

Œ&   b

 

œ œ œ œ   .œ   .œ   .œ   .œ   .œ   .œ   .œ   .œ  ˙ Œ   jœ œ œ œ œ   .œ   .œ   .œ   .œ   .œ   .œ   .œ   .œ

  ˙   Œ

&   b   jœ

 

œ œ œ œ   œ œ œ   œ   œ œ œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œŒ

&   bmei -

œ .ne

JœToch -

˙

ter 

˙

nim -

˙ .mer -

œ   œmehr,

˙

&   bcre -

œde -

œi cal -

œ   œma -

œ   œto il

œven -

œto,

œ   Ó Œ

&   bma

œtra -

œ .   œspor -

œ .   œtar 

w w   w   wbJœ

&   b 

œ  œ   œ   œb   œ   œ   œ   ˙b

mi

˙

sen -œ

toœ   Ó

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 95/294

fFIGURE 3.39 Mozart, “Hostias” from Requiem, K. 626 FIGURE 3.41 Mozart, “Deh, vieni, non tardar” from Le nozze di

 Figaro, Act IV, Scene 10, No. 27F F

Soprano 

Alto 

&

&

b b b

b b b

43fho -

˙ J

œsti -

J

œ

f˙ J

J

as

œ   Œ   pet

œ

Πppre -

˙ .

˙ bces

œ   Œ Œ

Œ Œ

&   b   86fin -

J

œche

œnon

J

œsplen -

œde in

J

œciel

œnot -

œ   œtur -

œna

j

œfa -

j

œA

ce,

j

  ‰ Œ .

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 96/294

62 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

The soprano tessitura of F–F contrasts with the alto (mezzosoprano)

tessitura of C–C. This particular passage makes it clear that by Mozart’stime, the tessitura of C–C, which had been the soprano staple tessitura

for 300 years in the Renaissance, had been transferred to the voice of themezzosoprano, making it possible to establish four distinctly differentchoral voices.

FIGURE 3.40 Mozart, “Kyrie” from Requiem, K. 626

The passage shows Mozart’s established practice of keeping entiresoprano choral passages at the very top of the second register, in order to maintain the widest possible separation of voices. He also expected

choral sopranos, as did Beethoven, to sing B-flat and B in the thirdregister.

While boy sopranos did descend to low A below the staff, Mozart in solocomposition often emphasized this lower region of the adult sopranovoice because of its strong change in register color.

FIGURE 3.42 Mozart, “Per pietà” from Così fan tutte, Act II,Scene 7, No. 25

Both this and the previous example show the lowest note which Mozartwrote for the soprano soloist, A below middle C.

C C

& b b b 43 fho -

Jœsti -

Jœas

œ   Œ   pet

œpre -

˙   œbces

œ   Œ Œ

Soprano tutti 

&   b c ‰Chri -

Jœste

Jœe -Jœ

leœ   œ   œ   œ

 – œ   œ   œ   œ

 – œ   œ   œ   œ

 – œ   œ   œ   œ

 – œ

Bb

œ   œ – œ   œ   œ   œ

œ

&   # # # #   cper -

Jœde -

Jœra

œ   œla

œ   œri -

œ#   œmem -

œ   œbran -

œ   œnza,

œ   Ó

&   # # # #che

˙ .ver 

œ . – 

œgo -

œgna e

jœ .or -

jœror 

œmi

œ .   œ UA

fa.

˙

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 97/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 98/294

BLANK PAGE

C H A P T E R

4

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 99/294

 4

The Mezzosoprano Voice

 uFIGURE 4.1 Mezzosoprano Division of the C=256 Major Scale

The mezzosoprano voice is much more rare than the soprano voice All

FIGURE 4.2 Geometric Construction of the MezzosopranoRegister Shift

 

I II II III IV

&   œ   œ

E

œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   ∑

  œ   œE

œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   (   )œ

 

B = 2

∠ = 360°

≡C = 512

R=   AB =   2

∠ 180°•

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 100/294

66 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

The mezzosoprano voice is much more rare than the soprano voice. Allchildren start out as sopranos, but after approximately age ten, about15–20 percent of all children’s voices drop somewhat, making themmezzosopranos from that point until puberty three to five years later,

when the voice changes again (in both girls and boys). Followingpuberty, about 15–20 percent of women are mezzosopranos.

The primary characteristic of the mezzosoprano voice species is a

register shift at E-natural between the first and second, and the secondand third registers.

J.S. Bach’s introduction of the mezzosoprano voice in the eighteenthcentury represented a major advance in classical polyphony. For the threecenturies following the establishment of Classical bel canto during theFlorentine Golden Renaissance, composers had been limited to only three

voice species: soprano, tenor, and bass. The introduction of the newmezzosoprano E-flat–E-natural register shift made available, for the firsttime, four degrees of musical freedom, laying the groundwork for Mozart

and Beethoven’s subsequent breakthroughs (see Figures 12.18 – 12.22).

While the upper boundary of the soprano’s register shift is at F-sharp,which is the geometric mean of the octave from C=256 to C=512, thelower boundary of the mezzosoprano’s register shift is E-flat, which is

the geometric mean of the same octave when measured from C=256 tothe F-sharp above. The F-sharp occurs at a rotation of 180 degrees, half the octave, while the E-flat occurs at the 90-degree rotation. As in Figure1.8,  movement upward along the cone’s axis represents increase infrequency, while each cross-section represents a musical tone generatedby the self-similar conical spiral action.

A =1

∠ = 0°

≡C = 256

∠ =180

≡ F#=362.0

R′ =   AR =   1⋅   2 =   24

∠ =0°+180°

2= 90°

≡ E b = 304.4

 uFIGURE 4.3 Mezzosoprano Division of the C Minor Scale FIGURE 4.4 The Three Species of Renaissance Voice

 

I IIE b

I IIE n

C minor:

C major:

&   b b b   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ

& œ   œ   œ   œ   œ

 

C C C C CD E F G A B

64 128 256 512 1024

A (C256)

 Boy Soprano

Middle C F #

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 101/294

T H E M E Z Z O S O P R A N O V O I C E 67

Just as the soprano register breaks divide the C–C octave into twotetrachords, such that the lower tetrachord C–F lies in the lower register and G–C in the upper, so the mezzosoprano voice divides the fifth intotwo parts, such that that the minor third C–E-flat lies in a different register 

than the upper minor third E–G. The difference in color between themezzosoprano’s E-flat and E-natural makes this voice suitable for emphasizing shifts between C major and C minor, just as the sopranovoice is used to emphasize the relation between the subdominant (G) andthe dominant (G) in the domain of C major/minor.

It was not until the early eighteenth century that the mezzosoprano voicewas formally recognized in written music.

In the medieval church, polyphony was limited to only three “de-grees of freedom,” three different possibilities of registration and vocalcolor. Up through the late seventeenth century, only male voices were

allowed in Catholic liturgical music: boy soprano, tenor, and bass. Ashas been noted earlier, the term “alto” referred to men who sang thehigher tenor vocal line; it did not describe the species or type of voice

the person had, but rather which line he sang.

&   œ   œ   œ   œ œ œ œ œF

( )

C128

Tenor 1 = “alto”

A

C128

Tenor 2 = “tenor”

A

F

 Bass

D

 uFIGURE 4.5 Michael Praetorius, Chart of Human Voices FIGURE 4.6 Josquin des Prez, De profundis

 

Bass Tenor AltoCastrato falsetto

or descant

&

? w   wbœ   œ

œ   wn   w

w   œ

œ   w

w   w   œb   œ   ww   w   œ   œ

 

oprano 

Alto 

&

&

C

C

Do

˙   ˙ . œ

˙ ˙ . œ

˙ ˙ .   œ œ œ

˙ ˙ .   œ œ œ

˙   ˙ .   œ œ œ

˙ ˙ w

˙   ˙   ˙ œ œ

Ó

˙ ˙ ˙

œ œ ˙ .

˙ w

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 102/294

68 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

This chart, from Michael Praetorius’s 1619 Syntagma Musicum, indicates

that as late as that time, the major species of singing voice were con-sidered to be the bass, the tenor and alto-tenor (both of whom were male

tenors), and the descant (superius) or soprano, sung by boys or castrati.During the 250-year span of 1400–1650, almost no written music sur-vives which was composed expressly for women or children asmezzosopranos, with a known register shift on E-natural. This example from Josquin des Prez (ca. 1520) shows the standard

official Renaissance church choral format of soprano, tenor-alto, tenor,and bass.

The alto line lies almost exactly in the modern tenor’s range.

?œ   œ   œ   œ   w b œ wn

Tenor 

Bass 

&V?

CC

C

ad te,

ÓDe

w .

- disw .

Do

pro-

˙

fun -

w

cla-

˙

ma -w

mi - ne,

dis

wcla -

w

vi

˙

ad

˙ .   œ œ œ

cla- ma - vi

ma -

˙

vi

˙

ad

˙

te,

˙

˙   ˙

te,

˙

Do -

˙

ad

˙te,

Do -

˙

mi-

˙

ne,

w˙   ˙

-mi

w

 uFIGURE 4.9 Thomas Morley, I follow, lo, the footing

Soprano 1

Soprano 2 

Alto 

&

&&

c

c

breath

J

œtill

J

œI

J

œhave

J

œcaught

˙ .

Willœ runj

œ mej

œ outj

œ of jœ breathj

œ tillJ

œ

her,

œWill

œrun

J

œme

J

œout

J

œof 

J

œ

IJ

œ haveJ

œ caughtœ   œ  œ

  œ   œ   œ

breath

J

œ

her,œ

FIGURE 4.7 Josquin des Prez, O Domine Jesu Christe

 

Altus 

Tenor 

C

C

O

w

Ow

w

w

w

w

w

w

Do

w

Dow

˙

mi -

˙

˙

mi -

˙

 Une

w

 Unew

 

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 103/294

T H E M E Z Z O S O P R A N O V O I C E 69

This secular madrigal by Morley is meant to be sung by a mixedensemble including at least an adult female mezzosoprano on the alto

part, and probably adult female first and second sopranos. The poem’stheme makes it unsuitable for children. As the two soprano lines ascendto their third register on the high G, the alto line answers by rising to thehigh E, appropriate to the mezzosoprano’s shift into the third register on E-natural.

In Italy during the early sixteenth century, some educated women,

such as Leonardo da Vinci’s collaborator Isabella D’Este, are known tohave sung in secular settings, as paintings of the period show. Privateconcerti delle dame (all-female choirs) were formed, as well as mixed

concerti a voce piena (full-voiced choirs). Some of Josquin’s secular works, such as Cœur desolez, contain alto lines which seem to indicatea true mezzosoprano register shift.

It was only after 1537 that the Roman Church banned women fromall choral singing in church services, and began to allow the use of 

castrati to sing both soprano and mezzosoprano parts.

&& c

Will

œj j j j j J

run

jœme

jœout

jœof 

jœbreath

jœtill

JœI

Jœhave

JœJ J

caught

œher,

œ   ŒWill

œrun

jœThe fact that Renaissance altos were tenors, is underscored by the useof the tenor clef for both alto and tenor.

FIGURE 4.8 Thomas Morley’s Compass of Voices

Although women were banned from polyphonic church music, educatedwomen sang privately and in secular polyphonic settings such as mad-rigals. The mezzosoprano voice was therefore probably known for 

centuries before printed music appeared for it.The chart is from Thomas Morley’s A Plaine & Easie Introduction

to Practicall Musicke (1597), which was assembled at a point when thedivision between sacred and secular music was becoming less strict. Therange Morley gives for the alto is given in soprano clef, and is far toohigh for any male tenor, even a falsettist, extending to an E above

C=512.Morley wrote many madrigals for women to sing in secular settings.

His textbook, although it never explicitly mentions women’s voices,contains an exercise in six voices, with an alto part extending to this samehigh E.

B C

High key

Canto Alto Tenor Basso

&   b   bb ww&   B    b   w

w&   bB b   w wV   bb?   b   w w?

 u

FIGURE 4.11 Handel, “He was despised” from Messiah, Part II,No. 23, at A=440

&   b b b   cHe

j

œwas

œ .des-

j

œpis-

j

œed,

jœ   Œ Ó Œ ‰des -

j

œpis-

jœed

œ   œand

j

œre-

j

œ ject-

j

œed,

j

œ   Œ Ó Œ

&   b b b   ‰ j

œ œ   œ œ j

œ j

œ œ   Œ Ó ‰ jœ J

œ j

œ œ   œ œ œ   œ   œ

œ j

œ   Œ Ó ‰

FIGURE 4.10 Handel, “He was despised” from Messiah, Part II,No. 23, at C=256

&   b b b   cHe

j

œwas

œ .des-

j

œpis-

j

œed,

j

œ   Œ Ó Œ ‰des -

j

œpis-

jœed

œ   œand

j

œre-

j

œ ject-

j

œed,

j

œ   Œ Ó Œ

&   b b b   ‰ j

œ œ   œ œ j

œ j

œ œ   Œ Ó ‰ jœ J

œ j

œ œ   œ œ œ   œ   œ

œ j

œ   Œ Ó ‰

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 104/294

70 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

At A=440, the poetry is distorted by obliging the mezzosoprano to forcethe E-flats up into the second register. The register shifts become arbi-trary with respect to the text.

&re -

j ject - ed

jof 

jmen;

Œa

jman of 

jsor - rows,

jœ Œ

&   b b ba

jœman

Jœof 

jœsor -

œ   œ œ œ   œ   œ œrows,

jœand

jœac -

Jœquain -

œn   œted

jœ   ‰with

jœgrief,

œ .b   œb   œ   œ   ‰

&   bb

b ajœ manœ . of jœ sor -Jœ . rows,

jœn and

jœ ac -œ   œ quain -œ . tedj

˚

œ withj˚

œ grief.

˙

This aria is constructed entirely around the E-natural register shift.Handel set the text in the key of E-flat expressly in order to takeadvantage of the fact that E-flat and its leading tone D (as on “rejected,”

at the end of the first line), are solidly in the mezzosoprano’s lower register. The drop into the first register on the word “rejected” at the endof the first line, becomes an important thematic element of the aria.

&re -

j ject - ed

jof 

jmen;

Œa

jman of 

jsor - rows,

j Œ&   b b b

a

jœman

Jœof 

jœsor -

œ   œ œ œ   œ   œ œrows,

jœand

jœac -

Jœquain -

œn   œted

jœ   ‰with

jœgrief,

œ .b   œb   œ   œ   ‰

&   bb

b a

jœ manœ . of jœ sor -Jœ . rows,

jœn and

jœ ac -œ   œ quain -œ . tedj

˚

œ withj˚

œ grief.

˙

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 105/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 106/294

 u

FIGURE 4.18 Mozart, “Agnus Dei” from Mass in C Major 

(“Sparrow”), K. 220

& 43   ŒMi -

œ#se -

œre -

œ#re

œ   Œ ŒMi -

œse -

œre -

œre

œ  Œ

&   ŒMi

œse

œre

˙#re

œ œno

œ   œ#bis

˙ .

 

FIGURE 4.16 Handel, “And with His stripes” from Messiah, Part II,No. 25

 

. . .& bbb b c Óand

˙

with

˙

His

˙

stripes

wn  we

˙

are

˙

heal

œ œ   ˙ œ œœ œ wed,

˙

& bbb b Œand

œwith

œHis

œstripes

œ œwe

œare

œnheal

œ œn   œ œ   ˙ .   œ   w wed.

›n

 

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 107/294

T H E M E Z Z O S O P R A N O V O I C E

73

Mozart’s “Sparrow” Mass, composed for boys’ choir, shows the sameuse of the mezzosoprano shift throughout the alto line. It featuresMozart’s characteristic downward resolution into the first register at theend of a poetic statement. The first two statements of “miserere” span

two different registers, while the third statement falls into an extendedresolution in the first register.

FIGURE 4.19 Mozart, “Sanctus” from  Mass in C Major 

(“Sparrow”), K. 220

Mozart sets the “amen” to resolve downward into the first register, withthe exception of the final two, which reverse direction, rising into thesecond register and remaining there in anticipation of the followingsection of the mass.

&Mi - se - re - re no - bis.

& 43

A-œ men,œ  Œ

a -œ men,œ  Œ

a -œ men,œ  Œ

a -

jœ   men,

j

œ a -

˙

men.œœ  Œ Œ

The mezzosoprano shift is often generalized for use to emphasize allshifts in tonality which hinge on movement from E-flat to E-natural. Here

Handel uses it to emphasize a transition from sorrow to hope by intro-ducing the repeated E-naturals in the cadential second line.

FIGURE 4.17 Mozart, “Bald prangt, den Morgen zu verkünden”from Die Zauberflöte, Act II, Scene 26, No. 21

The Third Boy introduces a shift with his E-natural register change atthe trio’s denouement. Mozart introduces the E-natural to prepare the

First Boy’s shift into the third register.

&andwith His stripes we are heal ed.

1st Boy [Soprano 1] 

3rd Boy [Mezzo-Soprano] 

&

&

bbb

b b b

C

Cda -

Jœmit

Jœwir,

da -

jœmit

jœ  wir,

jœwas

Jœ   ‰sie

Jœ   ‰ma -

Jœ   ‰che,

Jœ   ‰

was

jœ   ‰sie

jœ   ‰ma -

jœ   ‰che,

jœ   ‰sehn,

œ

sehn,

&

&

bbb

bbb

‰da -

Jœmit,

Jœda -

Jœnmit

Jœwir,

da -jœ   mit,jœ   da -jœn mitjœ wir,

jœ ma-

jœ che,

was

Jœ ‰sie

Jœ ‰ma -

Jœb   ‰che,

Jœ ‰

sehn.jœ ‰ siejœ ‰ ma -

jœ ‰ che,

jœ ‰

sehn.

œ Œ Ó

sehn.œ Œ Ó

 u The Child Mezzosoprano Third Register 

FIGURE 4.22 J.S. Bach, “Kommt, ihr Töchter” from St. Matthew

 Passion, BWV 244, Part I, No. 1

Soprano & # 812 Ó .   ‰ ‰ J

œ œ J

œ

œ   ‰ Œ ‰ Ó .

FIGURE 4.20 Soprano and Mezzosoprano Division of the D Minor Scale

 

I II

I II

F#

E

&   b   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ

&   b œ   œ   œ   œ   œ

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 108/294

74M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

J.S. Bach and Mozart also composed for the second-to-third register shiftfor mezzosoprano voice. After the tenors (not shown) execute a shift out

of the third register, the boy mezzosopranos shift in response to the thirdregister on high E, just as the sopranos shift into the third register onhigh A.

Alto 

&& # 812 Wo -

Jhin? Wo-

Œ ‰ ‰ ‰Wo -

jœhin?

œ ‰ ‰ ‰Wo-

Jœhin?

hin?

œ   ‰ Œ ‰ Ó .The mezzosoprano shift gives the composer the ability to restate the sametheme, first with a soprano shift, then with a mezzosoprano shift, evenwhen the voices enter singing precisely the same tones.

Consider how the two voices differently divide a key such as Dminor. The soprano register shift has three notes in the first register inthe D minor scale, while the mezzosoprano has only one note in the firstregister.

FIGURE 4.21 Mozart, “Laudate pueri” from Vesperæ solennes de

confessore, K. 339

Mozart used the mezzosoprano to create two distinct ideas from a single

phrase. The soprano line emphasizes the verb “collocet” (“set” or “place”) with the first register. The mezzosopranos repeat the same line,but emphasize “eum” (“him”).

& b   œ   œ   œ   œ œ

Soprano 

Alto 

&

&

bb

CC

Ut

œ   œ   œÓ .

col -

œ   œlo-

œcet

Ϸ

e -

Ut

œ   œ   œum,

w

col -

œ   œlo-

œcet

œ

Œut

œ   œ   œ

e -

wcol -

œ   œlo-

œcet

œ

um,

w

 u

FIGURE 4.24 J.S. Bach, “Das Wort sie sollen lassen stahn” fromCantata No. 80 (“Ein’ feste Burg”), BWV 80

Soprano 

Alto 

&

&

# #

# #

c

cdas

œ

œ

Reich

œmuß

œuns

œdoch

œ   œ

œ œ   œ œ   œ   œ

œ

 U

 Ublei -

œ   œ

  œben.

œ

œ

  œ

  œ œ

 J.S. Bach at C=256

FIGURE 4.23 J.S. Bach, “Das Wort sie sollen lassen stahn” fromCantata No. 80 (“Ein’ feste Burg”), BWV 80

Soprano & ## c œ

œ œ œ  œ

œ

 Uœ œ

œ œ

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 109/294

T H E M E Z Z O S O P R A N O V O I C E

75

A few measures later, both the alto and bass lines sit low, the basscontinuing the Renaissance practice of falling to the low D.

This same low D, which appears frequently in Bach’s works for average choristers, is the lowest note which Mozart is known to have ever written for bass singers, and then only for virtuoso soloists. It is also

lower than the lowest bass note written by Verdi, who composed atA=432 (C=256.9). It is therefore highly unlikely that Bach composedat a tuning any lower than that, as is claimed by some musicologists.

Tenor 

Bass 

V

?

# #

# #

c

c

das

das

œ   œ

dasœ

Reich muß uns doch

Reich

œ   œmuß

œuns

œ   œdoch

œ

Reichœ   œ mußœ   œ unsœ   œ dochœ   œ

 U

 U

blei - ben.

blei -

œ   œ   œben.

œ

blei -œ   œ   œ ben.œ

Bach’s use of the higher boy mezzosoprano voice instead of men’s voices

for his alto line, and the registration and tessituras of Bach’s vocalwriting, generally demonstrate that he composed at C=256. Wherever he had to perform with instruments pitched either higher or lower thanapproximately C=256—an all too frequent occurrence in those days— he would transpose the instrumental part or parts in order to keep thevoices as close to C=256 as possible. Performing them at any tuninglower than this would have made it difficult for the mezzosopranos (either boys or women) to readily sing the lowest notes; conversely, Bach’s tenor line, with its frequent high A’s, is exceedingly difficult to perform attunings any higher than C=256.

In the example above, both the low A for boy alto and the high A for adult tenor are used simultaneously. Only one tuning will accommodatethem both.

Alto 

Tenor 

Bass 

&

&

V?

##

# ## #

c

cc

Das

Das

œ

Dasœ   œ

Das

œ   œ

Wort sie sol - len

Wort

œ   œsie

œ   œsol -

œ  len

œ

Wortœ   œ

sieœ   œ

sol -œ

lenœ

Wort

œsie

œ   œsol -

œ  œlen

œ œ

 U

 U U

las - sen stahn

las -

jœ œsen

jœ#stahn

œ

las -œ

senœ œ

stahnœ

las -

œsen

œstahn

œ

 uFIGURE 4.26 J.S. Bach, Lobet den Herrn, alle Heiden, BWV 230

 

F 7

Alto 

Tenor 

&

V

C

C[Hei]

w œ œ œ œ

 œ

 œb

  œ œŒ

œ œ œ œ   œ   œ   œœ

 œ

 œden,

œ  al

œ œ œ œ œ

 œle

œ

œ   œ œ

œ œ œ œ œ œ œ œ œ

 

FIGURE 4.25 J.S. Bach, Mass in B Minor, BWV 232

 

a)

b)

& ## 83Soprano 1

‰in

J

œex -

J

œcel

œ

  œ  œsis

œ   œDe

œ .o,

œ   ‰

Tenor 

V ## 3 J

œ J

œ œ   œ   œ

  œ   œ

  œ   œ   œ J

œ œ œ J

œ

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 110/294

76M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

The motet shows typical Bach low alto and high tenor lines simultane-ously. No boy could sing such a line at what is claimed by some today

to be the “baroque tuning” of A=392, almost one full step belowC=256.

FIGURE 4.27 Handel, “Hallelujah” from Messiah, Part II, No. 44

This famous chorus becomes almost polemical on this point concerningthe upper extreme of the tenor voice and the lower extreme of themezzosoprano as the boundary conditions for C=256 tuning. The tenors’

high A is immediately answered by the altos descending to a low A.

Vlo bet den Herrn, al - le

Alto 

Tenor 

&

V

##

# #

c

c

lu -

jœ jah!

jœHal -

jœle -

jœlu -

jœ jah!

jœHal -

jœle -

jœlu -

jœ jah!

le -œ lu -œ  jah!Jœ Hal -Jœ le -Jœ lu -Jœ

 jah!Jœ

‰Hal -

jœle -

jœlu -

jœ jah!

For 

˙In this mass, Bach places most strenuous demands on both the sopranosand the tenors to execute high B-naturals, while also demanding low E’sof the basses and low F-sharps of the mezzosopranos. Proper executionof both extremes is impossible at any tuning lower or higher thanC=256.

c)

d)

V ## 83ter -

Jœra

Jœglo

  Jri -

œ   œa

J

Alto II 

& ## 83

ter œ œ œ œ œ œ jœ

ra,jœ ‰

Bass ? # 23et

œse -

œpul -

˙

tus

˙

est,

w

 uFIGURE 4.30 Mozart, “Kyrie” from Mass in C Major  (“Sparrow”),

K. 220

Mozart continued the practice of setting the mezzosoprano alto line inthe tessitura C=256 to C=512, both for boys as shown here, and for 

 

C C

&   ce -

J

œlei -

œ   œson,

j

œe -

jœlei-

œson,

œ   Œ ‰e -

j

œlei-

œson,

œ   Œ ‰e -

j

œlei-

œson.

œ

 

FIGURE 4.28 Secondary Characteristics of the Child MezzosopranoVoice

J.S. Bach raised the tessitura of both the soprano and the mezzosoprano

 

Choral tessituraBachC-C

Choral tessituraMozart

C-C

Choral rangeBachF-E

Choral rangeMozart

G-E

&   œ  œ

  œ  œ

&

œœ

&

  œœ

&

 

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 111/294

T H E M E Z Z O S O P R A N O V O I C E

77

, y ,female choral singers.

FIGURE 4.31 J.S. Bach, “Trotz dem alten Drachen” from Jesu,

meine Freude, BWV 227

Bach demanded extended low notes from his boy alto section, achievableonly at tuning of C=256 (or higher).

F#7

& # 43[brum]

œ#   œ œ œ œ œ#   ˙   œ# œ   œ#   ˙   œ.men,

jœnoch

œ   ‰so

jœbrum -

˙

 Umen.

˙ .

p pvoice, such that the mezzosoprano took over the area of the scale wherethe Renaissance soprano formerly sat, namely at C=256–C=512.

Beginning with Bach’s generation, the mezzosoprano is centered on theoctave C–C, while the soprano is raised to be centered on the octaveF–F. Bach extended the alto range to the mezzosoprano’s high E (seeFigure 4.22).

FIGURE 4.29 J.S. Bach, “Ja nicht auf das Fest” from St. Matthew

 Passion, BWV 244, Part I, No. 4b

J.S. Bach’s alto line, for mezzosoprano, ranges in tessitura over whatwas formerly the soprano domain of C=256 to C=512.

C C

& c jaJœ

nicht

jœ   auf 

jœ das

j

œ Fest,

jœauf 

jœdaßJœ

nicht

jœ   ein

jœ   Auf 

œ œ œ œ œ  jœ ruhr J

œwer-Jœ

de

jœ im

jœVolk.

˙

 u

FIGURE 4.33 Mozart, “Benedictus” from Requiem, K. 626,at A=440

At A=440 or above, the poetry is thrown off such that the stress falls onlyon the last two syllables of “Domini.” This is doubly the case, since atA=440 the trill is executed in the second register, whereas at C=256 it

 

& bb cBe -

œ .ne-

J

œdic -

œ œtus,

J

œ ‰qui

J

œve -

œ œnit

J

œ ‰in

J

œno -

œ œ œmi -

œ œne

œ œDo -

œ Ÿj

œ .mi-

j

œ  ni!

œ ŒThe Adult Mezzosoprano Voice

FIGURE 4.32 Mozart, “Benedictus” from Requiem, K. 626,at C=256

 

& bb cBe -

œ .ne-

J

œdic -

œ œtus

J

œ ‰qui

J

œve -

œ œnit

J

œ ‰in

J

œno -

œ œ œmi -

œ œne

œ œDo -

œ Ÿjœ .mi-

œni!

œ Œ

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 112/294

78M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

is executed entirely in the first register, including the upper-neighbor F.

The adult mezzosoprano register shifts are identical to those of the child:at E-natural above middle C, and at E-natural above C=512.

Because the full depth of the mezzosoprano voice is only availablein an adult female, the need for this “new voice” in composition cameto symbolize the major changes in the social role of women, which tookplace during the eighteenth century as the ideas of the American

Revolution and the universal rights of man took hold.As vocal works grew longer and more demanding dramatically,

especially during Mozart’s time, composers sensed the need for matureadults in all choral voices, including adult mezzosopranos and sopranos,who could fully comprehend such works and execute them.

Adult female mezzosopranos were at first only permitted as soloists,in the early eighteenth century. According to Johann Joachim Quantz

(1697–1773), Faustina Bordoni (1693–1783) was a mezzosoprano whodebuted in Venice in 1716, and in London in 1726, in an otherwiseforgotten opera, Astianatte by Giovanni Battista Bononcini. Handel madeher a star in his London Italian operas, and by the time of Messiah (1741)he had written extensively for the adult female mezzosoprano soloist.

While women did sing in choruses in England after that, on thecontinent church choirs still used boys for soprano and alto during muchof Mozart’s lifetime. Only in Mozart’s mature works after 1780, suchas the Requiem (1791), is it clear that the alto line is intended to be sung

by adults.In the example above, the mezzosoprano soloist opens the solo

quartet. Mozart tailored the key such that the poetry may depend uponthe mezzosoprano’s register shift for the alto line down into the firstregister at E-flat, placing emphasis on the first syllable of “Domini.”

Be ne dic tus, qui ve nit in no mi ne Do mi   ni!

 uFIGURE 4.35 Verdi, “Pietà, pietà!” from Don Carlo, Act III,

Scene 1

 

Elisabetta (Soprano)

Eboli (Mezzo-soprano)

&

&

bb

b b

C

C

Quel -

jœ  lo

scrig -

j

œ  no…

j

œ   ‰son

jœ  io

jœche

jœl’in -

j

œbvo -

J

œ

ÓVoi!

˙n

lai.

œb   Œ ÓElisabetta

FIGURE 4.34 Schubert, Litanei, Nachlaß, Lieferung 10

 

&

&?

b b b

bb

bb b b

c

cc

al -

œ .le

j

œSee -

œlen

œ

πœ œ œ œ

œ œ œ œ

  œ œ œ œ

  œ œ œ œ

˙   ˙

 Truhn

œ   j

œin

j

œFrie -

œ   œ .   œden!

œ

œ   œ   œ   œ

  œ   œ   œ   œ

  œ

  œ   œ

  œ   œ

  œ   œ

  œ

œ

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 113/294

T H E M E Z Z O S O P R A N O V O I C E

79

Many Italian operas composed by Verdi and his contemporaries revolvearound dramatic character distinctions between the soprano voice reg-

isters and color, and the distinct mezzosoprano voice. Verdi was thegreatest proponent in music of Friedrich Schiller’s idea of the theater asa moral institution, and sought to memorialize in his operas Schiller’sstress on the role of the individual at critical points in determining theoutcome of humanity’s great battles against oligarchical forces. In Don

Carlo,  the contrast in voice between the heroic Queen Elizabeth, asoprano, and the smaller-minded Princess Eboli, a mezzosoprano, iscritical.

Verdi often used the mezzosoprano register shift to state an idea in

one register, and then repeat it in another. The figure above shows astatement in the first register on E-flat in the first line, and then itstranslation into the second register by raising it to E-natural in the secondline. As the soprano approaches her third register singing high E-naturaland high F, the mezzosoprano completes the idea and shifts into the thirdregister on the high F and G-flat.

Elisabetta 

Eboli 

&

&

bb

b b∑

Si,œn  Œ Œ ‰

son

io,œn  ‰

son

jœ   io

jœ# che

jœ# v’ac -

j

œ cu -Jœn

ÓVoi!

˙n

sa -

œni!

j

œ ‰ Ó

Eboli 

& bbSi…

œ   ‰L’a-

jœmor,

œ œil

Jœfu -

Jœror…

œb   ‰l’o-

Jœdio

Jœche a -

Jœvea

Jœbper 

Jœvoi…

wbSome of the greatest vocal compositions revolve around this principle.It was the basis not only of oratorio and opera, but also of many of FranzSchubert’s approximately 900 Lieder.

Here the most significant register shift occurs in the piano postlude,

in the shift from the E-flat to E-natural in the right hand—a shift whichdoes not occur anywhere in the mezzosoprano’s vocal line. The absenceof that shift until the end of each stanza is therefore critical to buildingup poetic tension, which is then resolved by the piano in cross-voice.

II

? b b c ˙   œ   œ   œ&

?

b b b

b b bœ   œ .   œ   œ

cresc.

œn   œ .   œ   œ

œ≈    œ   œ   œ   ≈    œ   œ   œœ   œ≈    œ   œ   œ   ≈    œ   œ   œœ

 uThe Adult Mezzosoprano Third Register 

FIGURE 4.38 Rossini, “Una voce poco fa” from Il Barbiere di

Siviglia, Act I, No. 7

 

& ## # # 43Si,

J

œ . .Lin -

J

œdo -

œ œ .   œ   j˚˚

œ

ro

œ .   œ   j˚œ

mio

œ .   œ   j˚œ

sa -

œ .   œrà,

œ   Œ

FIGURE 4.36 Verdi, “Pietà, pietà!” from Don Carlo, Act III,Scene 1

 

b Csi!

j

œ#   ‰ ‰.se-

j

œ dot-

j

œ  ta!

j

œ ‰.per -

j

œ  du-

j

œ#  ta!…

j

œ Œ Œ ‰l’er -

j

œror 

œ#   Œ ‰che

j

œv’im

j

œpu -

jœtai…

jœ#   ‰ Œ

& bbio…jœn   ‰ ‰.

ioj˚œ

stes -j˚œ#  sa…

œ ‰ ‰.a -j˚

œ  vea…j

œn   ‰ ‰.com -j˚

œ  mes-

j

œ  so!j

œ Œ Ó

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 114/294

80M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

This is perhaps the best-known aria for mezzosoprano. To emphasize thatLindoro “mio sarà” (“will be mine”), Rosina’s voice drops firmly into

the first register, and again on “lo giurai” (“I swear it”).

Si, Lin do ro mio sa rà,

& ## # #lo

 3œ œ-giu

jœ   jœra -

jœi,

jœ   ‰la

 3

œ œ œ vin -

 3

œ œ œce -

 3

œ œ œrò

œAt the turning point of the opera, where Eboli admits it was she whoslandered the Queen, Verdi uses a flat key and shifts the word “io” to the

E-natural, in order to obtain the register shift on Eboli’s admission“I . . . I myself . . .”

FIGURE 4.37 Verdi, “O mia Regina” from Don Carlo, Act III,Scene 1

This is Verdi’s application of Mozart’s practice of creating a secondvoice by a sweep down into the first register.

&   b b b b   cO

œ   œmia

œRe -

œngi -

˙

na,

jœ   ‰io

œt’im -

œ   œmo -

œ   œla -

˙

i

œ   Œ

&   b b b b   falœ .   Jœn

 3

fol -œ   œ

le er -œ

ror 

˙   œ Œ   pdiœ .   Jœn

 3

que -œ   œ

stoœ

cor.

˙   Ó

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 115/294

 u

FIGURE 4.42 Verdi, “Condotta ell’era in ceppi” from Il Trovatore,

Act II, Scene 1, No. 10

 

. . .& 86Al -

jœ  lor,

œ .   j

œcon

œ œtron-

J

œco ac -

jœ> f

cen -

œ . pto:

jœ ‰.“mi

J

œven -

œdi-

j

œca!”

œ   ≈ scla -

j

œmò

œ

& cPur œ#

vol -J

œ .go in -J

œtor -œ .

no ilJ

œguar -J

œdoJ

œ#   Œ Œ ‰e in -J

œnan -œ .

zi aJ

œmeœ .

veg -J

œg’i -œb

o,œ

&

œ

œ

œ ˙b

œ œn

FIGURE 4.41 Verdi, “Pietà, pietà!” from Don Carlo, Act III,Scene 1

 

Elisabetta (Soprano)

Eboli (Mezzo-soprano)

&

&

bb

b b

C

C

Io

œCar-œ

-lo aœb

ma-

œbva!œ Œ

Car-

œ∫loœb

m’haœ .b

sprez-j

œb

Ó ŒVoi

J

œ .-l’a

J

œb

za-œb  ta!œ Ó

mas

œte!

œ Œ‰ .Sor -

j

œb

ge-

œn  te!

œ

ÓElis.

& b

J

œ ˙b

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 116/294

82M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

Here the mezzosoprano register shift underscores a crucial turning pointin the opera. Azucena’s mother has been burned at the stake, and themezzosoprano, consumed with vengeful emotion, sings her theme “Mivendica!” at the register shift. She then reveals fitfully that when she triedto kill the Count’s baby brother in revenge, she killed her own son (“ilfiglio mio”) in error.

Later in the opera, when the Count, a baritone, goes to abduct the

heroine Leonora from a cloister, Verdi has him echo this very same themeon his own register shift, which is precisely one octave below that of themezzosoprano, with similar words of vengeance: “Leonora è mia!” (SeeFigure 7.13.)

&   ‰del -

Jœl’em -

Jœpio

Jœcon -

˙ . .bte il

Jœfi -

œnglio!

jœn   ‰ Ó

&   Œ   > Il

œ   > fi -

œ   > glio

œmi -

œo,

œ Œ ‰mio

Jœfi -

œ .glio a-

Jœvea

œ .bru -

Jœcia -

˙

to!

œ

Verdi uses the distinction between soprano and mezzosoprano1  toestablish moral distinction through the use of a simple cross-voice. Whenthe mezzosoprano, after a sustained first- and second-register develop-ment, rises up into her third register on “Un’altra colpa!” (“Another sin!”), the soprano answers by rising into her own third register on“Ancor!” (“Yet again!”).

Eb.

&&

bb

b bÓ

No!œ Œ

no!

œb   ‰.pie -

jœtà

œb   ‰.di

JϷ

me!

œ Œ ‰ > un’

Jœ > al-

Jœ > tra

JœŒ ‰.

An-

Jœcor!

b> 

col -

œpa!œ

  Ó

__________1 Although it has been documented that the part of Princess Eboli was extended

upward in range during the composition of the opera in order to be sung by a dramaticsoprano instead of the mezzosoprano for whom it was originally intended, it is clear thatVerdi maintained the mezzosoprano registration. The fact that he allowed the score tobe published with Eboli designated “mezzosoprano” corroborates this.

FIGURE 4.45 Secondary Characteristics of the Adult MezzosopranoVoice

The adult mezzosoprano tessitura used by Mozart sits between C=256

 u

 

Choral tessituraMozart

C-C

Choral rangeBeethoven

G-E

Solo extreme rangeVerdiG-C b

&   œ   œ

œ œ&

  œ

œb&

 

 

The Mezzosoprano Fourth Register 

FIGURE 4.43 Verdi, “L’abborrita rivale me sfuggi” from Aïda,

Act IV, Scene 1

&   b b b   c   > de’

œ   > miei

œ   > pian -

œtiœ   > 

laœ   > 

ven -œ   > 

det -œ

taœ

œ

 

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 117/294

T H E M E Z Z O S O P R A N O V O I C E

83

The adult mezzosoprano tessitura used by Mozart sits between C 256and C=512. The extreme choral range of the adult mezzosoprano voice

in the most demanding Mozart, Beethoven, and Verdi choruses extendsfrom G below C=256, to E above C=512.

FIGURE 4.46 Mozart, “Domine Deus” from Requiem, K. 626

The passage illustrates the standard adult mezzosoprano tessitura.

FIGURE 4.47 Mozart, “Laudate pueri” from Vesperæ solennes de

confessore, K. 339

The passage shows a held low G sung by the mezzosoprano choralsection. See Figure 4.39 for a sustained choral high E-natural.

C C

&   b b   cne

Jœab -

Jœsor -

jœbe-

jœat

jœe-

Jœas

Jœtar -

jœ   .ta-

jœrus,

jœne

jœca-

jœdant

jœin

jœob -

jœscu-

jœrum,

jœ   Œ

G7

&   b Ca

œ   œ   œbter -

œ   œra

œ   œin -

˙ .o -

œpem

w

Verdi extended the mezzosoprano to what has become known as“Verdiana,” a quasi-fourth register, beginning at B-flat, one whole step

below the soprano fourth-register shift on high C. It functions preciselyas does the soprano fourth register, and its geometric determination isthe same as that for the baritone’s first-to-second register shift (SeeFigures 2.7 –2.8).

FIGURE 4.44 Verdi “O don fatale” from Don Carlo, Act III,

Scene 1

Here the mezzosoprano Eboli breaks out into a cry of anguish on a highC-flat, and then moves downward through each of the other three reg-isters.

&   b b b   n n n> or 

œ   > dal

œ   > ciel,

œ œn   œ   œ   œ .   Jœ   œ   œdal

œ   œciel

Jœsi

jœ   > com -

˙

pi -

œra.

œ

C b10

& bbb b CTi

 3

Jœma -

Jœble -

Jœbdi -

œco,

œ   Œti

 3

Jœma -

Jœble -

Jœbdi -

œco,

œ Œ

& bb b bo

 3

JœbmiaJœ

belJœ

- tà,œb

  U

ah!

œ .b

tiJœ

ma -Jœ

le -Jœb

di -jœb

co,jœ  U

o

˙bmiajœ .

bel -j˚œ

tà!

˙b   Ó

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 118/294

BLANK PAGE

C H A P T E R

5

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 119/294

 5

The Contralto Voice

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 120/294

 UFIGURE 5.2 Gluck, “Che farò senza Euridice” from Orfeo ed 

 Euridice

hi h h h d h j f i f h i h l

FIGURE 5.4 Gluck, “Che farò senza Euridice” from Orfeo ed 

 Euridice, for Contralto in C Major 

&   Cdo -

œ   œve an -

œ   œdro,

œ   œ

&che

œ   œfa -œ   œ

ro,

œ   œ

 

&   Cdo -

œ   œve an -

œ   œdro,

œ   œche

œ   œfa -

œ   œro,

œ   œ

&che

œ   œfa -œ   œ

roœ   œ

sen -œ   œ

za ilœ   œ

mioœ   œ

ben,

˙ .& œ   œ   jœ

œ œ œ

˙   œ œ   œ   j

œ œ œ œ

˙

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 121/294

T H E C O N T R A L T O V O I C E

87

This shows the theme, and the major transformation of the aria. The roleof Orpheus was written for Gaetano Guadagni, a famous castrato con-

tralto, and is constructed around the D register shift. The aria begins withthe theme of a C major arpeggio (not shown but similar to the first lineof the example here), based on the shift from the first register at the low

C up to a statement in the second register.Here, near the conclusion of the aria, the theme is transformed. First

it is restated in original form, with the first-to-second register shift, andthen it is repeated one whole step higher, creating a second-to-thirdregister shift at its high point.

FIGURE 5.3 Gluck, “Che farò senza Euridice” from Orfeo ed 

 Euridice

Here is the same registral pattern as it occurs earlier in the aria, wherea statement in the second register is immediately transformed andintensified by restating it in such a way that a new voice, in the thirdregister, enters at the high D.

This is the final section of the aria as originally written by Gluck. It shows

that the transformation of the theme in Figure 5.2 above leads to anincreasingly dense series of shifts into the third register at the D.

FIGURE 5.5 Gluck, “Che farò senza Euridice” from Orfeo ed 

 Euridice, for Tenor in F Major 

The proof that Gluck intended the contralto to shift on D as in Figure5.4 above, is that Gluck later transposed the same aria for a tenor for theParis production of 1774, in which castrati were not accepted. Thetransposition, from C down to F, places the tenor second-to-third register shift (between F and G) at exactly the same points in the vocal line wherethe contralto’s lie in the original C major version.

. . .&   Coh

œDi -

œo!

œ#   Œri -

œspon -

œ   œdi!

œ Ó Ó Œri -

œspon -

w œ   œ Udi!

œ&

Eu -

Jœri -

jœdy -

˙#ce,

jœ   ‰Eu -

Jœri -

Jœbdy -

œce!

jœ   ‰   UÓ

&sen -

œza il mio

œ   œben, sen -

œza il mio

œ   œben?

˙

V   b Cdo -œ

  œve an -

œ   œdro,

œ   œche

œ   œfa -

œ   œro,

œ   œ

V   bche

œ   œfa -

œ   œro

œ   œsen -

œ   œza il

œ   œmio

œ   œben,

˙ .

V   bsen -

œ   œ   jœ

za il

œmio

œ   œben,

˙   œsen -

œ   œ   jœ

za il

œmio

œ   œben?

˙

 U

FIGURE 5.6 Handel, “But who may abide” from Messiah, Part I,No. 6, for Bass

This shows a section of the aria as it is usually published today, for basssoloist, resulting in a shift to the third register on his high D—a type of writing for the bass voice which was common from the earliest years of the Renaissance (see Chapter 8).

FIGURE 5.8 Handel, “But who may abide” from Messiah, Part I,No. 6, for Bass

L t i th b i f th i h fi t t t d i th

?   b 83and

J

œwho

J

œ .shall

œ   œstand

œwhen

J

œHe

œ .

  œap -

J

œpear -

J

œeth?

J

œ   ‰

?   b 83But

J

œwho

J

œmay

œ   œa -

J

œbide,

œ   œ

?   bbut

J

œwho

J

œmay

J

œa -J

œbideœ   œ

theJ

œday

J

œof J

œHis

J

œcom -

J

œing?

J

œ   ‰

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 122/294

88M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

FIGURE 5.7 Handel, “But who may abide” from Messiah, Part I,No. 6, for Contralto

Handel himself, however, originally assigned this aria to a male con-

tralto. It thus appears that the contralto was conceived of as a trebleanalog to the normal adult male bass. As is typical in writing for bass,the phrase in its original setting for contralto shifts into the third register 

at the high point—here, on the verb “appeareth.”There is no evidence that Handel himself ever reassigned this ariato the bass voice. The reassignment occurred after his death, when cas-trato contraltos were no longer available and no other female voice wasconsidered fit to sing the original.

Later in the bass version of the aria, comes a phrase first stated in thelower register, and then restated at the high D third-register shift.

FIGURE 5.9 Handel, “But who may abide” from Messiah, Part I,

No. 6, for Contralto

Again, the same holds true in the contralto original.

&   b   83and

jœwho

jœ .shall

œ   œstand

œwhen

JœHe

œ . œap -

jœpear -

Jœeth?

jœ   ‰&   b   83

But

jœwho

jœmay

œ   œa -

Jœbide,

œ   œ

&   bbut

Jœwho

Jœmay

Jœa -

Jœbide

œ   œthe

jœday

jœof 

jœHis

jœcom -

jœing?

jœ   ‰

 U

FIGURE 5.10 Handel, “Thou art gone up” from Messiah, Part II,No. 36, for Contralto

This aria originally written for bass was adapted twice by Handel in

FIGURE 5.12 Mozart, Ombra felice, K. 255

Mozart never used the term “mezzosoprano” or “contralto” in his operaroles for women His scores designate all women’s roles in his operas

&   b   43Thou

œart

j

œ   .gone

j

œnup

œon

œhigh,

˙

&   bThou

œartœ .

goneJ

œnupJ

œonJ

œhigh,

œ

 

. . .&   b cPer 

œ .te

j

œsol,

œ   œmio

œ   œben,

œ

  œnpa -

œ   œven -

œ#   œto,

œ

&   b per œ . teJ

œ sol,œ   œ mioœ   œ ben,œ   œ pa -œ   œ ven -œ#   œ to,

œ

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 123/294

T H E C O N T R A L T O V O I C E

89

This aria, originally written for bass, was adapted twice by Handel, ina way which demonstrates that he intended a D register shift for thecontralto.

This version is from Handel’s adaptation for Guadagni, the castrato

contralto for whom Gluck wrote Orfeo ed Euridice. The voice shifts into

the first register, emerging back into the second on the words “on high.”Then, the same phrase is repeated one octave higher, shifting this timeinto the third register on the same two words.

FIGURE 5.11 Handel, “Thou art gone up” from Messiah, Part II,No. 36, for Soprano

Handel’s own adaptation for soprano of the same section, exhibits

exactly the same registral pattern. He places the soprano F–G register 

shift at exactly the same points in the vocal line where he places that of the contralto in Figure 5.10 above (C–D). Handel’s original scoring for bass (not shown) does not follow this pattern.

roles for women. His scores designate all women s roles in his operasas “soprano,” including the “pants roles” in  La Clemenza di Tito and

 Idomeneo, as well as the Third Lady in Die Zauberflöte.

The concert “Ombra felice” is one of the only solo pieces whichMozart wrote with the designation “alto.” It was written for the castrato

contralto Francesco Fortini. The aria, which extends upward only to Dabove C=512, makes use of the shift into the third register to make therepetition of the musical idea more dramatic as the aria progresses.

FIGURE 5.13 Mozart, Ombra felice, K. 255

In the final line of the aria, the first and third registers of the contraltovoice are juxtaposed in order to intensify emphasis on “ti” (“thee”), firstin the first register, and then as a sustained note in the third register.

&   b b   43Thou

œart

jœ .gone

j˚œnupœ

onœ

high,

˙

&   b bThou

œart

œ .gone

Jœnup

Jœon

Jœhigh,

œ&   b c seœ . maijœ piuœ . tijœ ri -œ . ve -Jœ dro,

˙

ti

˙

ri -

˙

ve -

˙dro.œ   Œ Ó

 U

FIGURE 5.14 J.S. Bach, “Qui sedes” from Mass in B Minor,

BWV 232, with Mezzosoprano Register Shifts

The authors’ survey found no clear examples in score of compositions

FIGURE 5.16 J.S. Bach, “Qui sedes” from Mass in B Minor,

BWV 232, with Mezzosoprano Register Shifts

Here the same words end a section of the aria. The mezzosopranodescends into the first register on D, both for the different color of “nobis”(“on us”), and in order to underline the cadence on D.

 

& ## 86ad

œ œ œdex

œ . J

œ .tram

œ#   œ œPa

œ .   J

œ .tris,

œ   œ#   œ

& ##miœ#   œ#   œ

se -j

œre -œ

  œrej

œ œ   œ#noœ .#   œ

bis!

œ   ‰

 

&   # #   86mi

j

œ 

œ   œ 

œ   œse -

j

œ   j

œre -

œ   œre

œ   œno -

œ .bis,

œ   ‰

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 124/294

90

M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

The authors survey found no clear examples in score of compositionsspecifically for female soloists which call for a register shift on D.

Here, for example, the alto soloist requires a mezzosoprano register shift in order to make the text coherent. The aria alternates between the joyous glory of “Qui sedes ad dextram patris” (“who sitteth at the right

hand of the Father”) and the pathos of “miserere nobis” (“have mercyon us”). The contrast is brought out by the use of the first register on thefirst use of the word “miserere,” in contrast to the first line which is sungentirely in the second register.

FIGURE 5.15 J.S. Bach, “Qui sedes” from Mass in B Minor,

BWV 232, with Contralto Register Shifts

If a contralto were singing, the first line would be interrupted by thesustained D in the third register, while the second line would be relativelyuneventful, with only the passing note C-sharp in the first register.

FIGURE 5.17 J.S. Bach, “Qui sedes” from Mass in B Minor,

BWV 232, with Contralto Register Shifts

Performing this passage with contralto register shifts would result in nodifferentiation, and the cadence on D is weakened.

& ## 86ad

œ œ œdex

œ . Jœ .tram

œ#   œ œPa

œ .   Jœ .tris,

œ   œ#   œ

& # #mi

œ#   œ#   œse -

jœre -

œ   œre

jœ œ   œ#no

œ .#   œbis!

œ   ‰

&   # #   86 mijœ   œ   œ  œ   œ se -jœ   jœ re -œ   œ reœ   œ no -œ . bis,œ   ‰

 U

FIGURE 5.18 Handel, “O Death, where is thy sting?” from Messiah,

Part III, No. 50

FIGURE 5.19 Rossini, “Cruda sorte!” from L’Italiana in Algeri,

Act I, Scene 2

The opening aria for the title role of Isabella shows better poetic reading

Alto solo 

Tenor solo 

&

V

b b b

b b b

c

c

‰ Œ

the

J

œsting

œ

Ó ‰the

j

œsting

œ

J

œof 

œ   œndeath

J

œis

J

œsin,

œ   œb ‰the

J

œ

j

œof 

œ   œndeath

j

œis

jœsin,

œ   œb

sting

J

œof 

J

œdeath

J

œis

J

œsin,

œ

& b

j

&   b ctut -

j

œti

j

œnla

j

œbbra -

œ .ma-

j

œbno,

jœtut -

j

œti

j

œnla

j

œ#chie -

œ   œ#   œ   œdo -

œ   œ   œ   œno

œ#   œ

&   bdaœ   œ

va -œn   œ

gaœ   œ

fem -œ   œ

mi -œ   œ

na

œ   ‰fe -œ   œ

li -œ   œ

ci -œ   œ

ta,

˙ .

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 125/294

T H E C O N T R A L T O V O I C E 91

All of the “contralto” solos from Handel’s  Messiah  require mezzo-soprano register shifts for poetic coherence; the poetry suffers if contraltoshifts at the D are used. “He was despised” has already been describedas based upon E-natural register shifts (see Figure 4.10). This is under-lined by the fact that the same aria was later rewritten by Handel for tenor,

one whole step higher. Since the tenor shifts at F-sharp, this likewiseimplies that the composer intended an E shift in the original.In the example above, the poetic counterpoint in the alto-tenor duet

is shown to be much stronger if mezzosoprano registers are used. Themezzosoprano shifts into the first register on the E-flat on “sin” at theend of the first phrase, just as the tenor also shifts into his first register.In the second line, which is the conclusion of the duet, the first register of the mezzosoprano voice is used to lend finality to the last phrase, on “is

the law.”

Contralto register shifts would efface these shadings.

The opening aria for the title role of Isabella shows better poetic readingwith mezzosoprano shifts. Rossini is famous for writing for the lower 

female voice, and this opera is now often billed “for soprano, mezzo-soprano, and contralto.” The earliest score, however, published in 1818,lists the two upper voices as sopranos, and Isabella as a mezzosoprano.

In the section shown, the voice must shift into the richer first register on“bramano” (“desire”), as the singer expounds on what all men areafter.

FIGURE 5.20 Rossini, “Pensa alla patria” from L’Italiana in Algeri,

Act II, Scene 4

In this aria for Isabella, the phrase “se poi va male il gioco . . .” (“but,if the joke goes badly . . .”) is more coherent with a mezzosoprano voice

whose D’s remain in the second register. The line builds tension in onevoice, the second register, and only on “gioco” is a shift introduced.

&

V

b b b

b b b

and

jœthe

œ   œ

andœ

strength

œ .of 

jœsin

œ   œ œ   œ

Jœ theJœ strengthJœ of Jœ sinœn isœ

is

œ   jœ .the

jœlaw.

˙

œ theœn law.

˙

&   # # # #   cSeJœn

poiœ .n

vaJœ

ma -œ .

le ilJœ

gio -œ

co…œn   Ó

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 126/294

C H A P T E R

6

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 127/294

The Tenor Voice

 UFIGURE 6.1 Tenor Division of the C=256 Major Scale

The tenor is the most common voice among adult males, constitutingapproximately 80 percent of all male voices. The primary characteristicof the tenor voice species is a register shift at the F-sharp above C=256,between the tenor’s second and third registers. There is also a secondary

 

I   II II III IV

V œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œCœ   ∑

  œ   œ   œF#

œ   œ   œ   œ   œ

voice which held the melody in multi-voiced compositions. It derivesfrom the Italian verb tenere, meaning “to hold” or “to sustain,” as incarrying the melodic line.

During the first millennium A.D., musical activity in any rigorous

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 128/294

94 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

tenor register shift between B-natural and C=256, from the first to secondregister.

The oldest known references to an adult singing voice species, areto the “tenor” voice. In the Middle Ages, “tenor” meant the theme, the

sense in Western Christendom, was generally confined to monasteries;

and since 80 percent of any male population consists of this kind of voice,the name “tenor” came to be identified with the average higher malevoice.

FIGURE 6.2 Comparison of Tenor and Soprano Registers

 

C

I II IIF#

III IV

IF#

II II III IV

C=256

Tenor

Soprano F#

&   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ

V œ   œ   œ   œ

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 129/294

T H E T E N O R V O I C E 95

While in the child and female it is the register shift from first to secondregister—the lower shift—which is most prominent, in adult male voices

it is the higher shift from the second to third register which takes prec-edence. This is because men’s voices (bottom staff), compared to boysoprano voices (upper staff), have dropped a full octave below C=256

during puberty; it is this lower octave which becomes the first register.At C=256, the tenor shifts into the second register. Thus, the tenor’s

higher register shift, at the F-sharp above C=256, is congruent with thelower register shift of the child soprano voice. Given the greater power of the adult male vocal tract, this high shift is quite striking to the ear.

Read:One octave lower than written

[ 8 ]

V   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ œ   œ   œ   œ   œ œ

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 130/294

 

. . .

V bbb b 43 ŒIn

œdes

œLe-

œ .bens

j

œ   jœ

Früh-

J

œ .lings-

J

œta

J

œgen

J

œ Œist

J

œdas

J

œGlück

œ   œvon

j

œmir 

œ œ œ œge

J

œ- floh’n.

œ Œ Œ

V bb b b   ŒWahr œ .

heitJ

œwagt’j

œichJ

œkühnœ .

zuJ

œ  jœ

sa-J

œngen,J

œ ŒundJ

œdieJ

œKet-œ .b

tenJ

œsindJ

œbmeinJ

œLohn.œb   Œ Œ

V bb b b J

œ J

œ œ   J

œ J

œ J

œ œ œb

œb   J

œJ

œ œ   œ jœn

œ Œ Œ

 U

FIGURE 6.5 Haydn “Mit Würd’ und Hoheit” from Die Schöpfung,

Part II, No. 24

The use of the tenor’s third register shift to emphasize poetic trans-formation points was continued by great composers throughout the

FIGURE 6.6 Beethoven, “In des Lebens Frühlingstagen” from Fidelio, Act II, Scene 1, No. 11

 

V cmit

œSchön-

œheit,

œStärk’

œund

œ œMut

œ .be

j

œgabt,

œgen

œHim

œmel

œ œauf -

œ œge -

œ œrich -

˙

tet,

œ Œ

V steht

˙   Œ der œ Mensch,

˙   Œ einœ Mann

˙

 Œ undœ# Kö-

˙

. nigœ œ der 

˙ . Na -œ tur.œ

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 131/294

T H E T E N O R V O I C E 97

Vmei

Jne

JPflicht,

J ja,

Jmei -

Jne Pflicht hab’

Jich ge -

ntan.

formation points was continued by great composers throughout the

eighteenth and nineteenth centuries.Here, the turning point in Haydn’s Creation  (1798) is structured

around the distinction between the world before Man’s appearance, and

the transformation of the universe by God’s creation of Man. Haydnbegins with F-naturals in the second register; at the point when Man iscreated, he interjects a key change and a dramatic shift into the thirdregister with a high F-sharp–G on “und König der Natur” (“and king of Nature”).

The major tenor aria of Beethoven’s Fidelio (1805) is also constructed

around the tenor’s crucial high F-sharp. The aria begins in the first andsecond registers, rising to “the springtime of life” on the first phrase,with second-register notes on “Frühling” (E-flat) and “Glück” (D-flat).The second line of the opening couplet is already a transformation, asFlorestan recalls his defense of the truth, modulating to a high G-flat on“Ketten” at the tragic-ironic “und die Ketten sind mein Lohn” (“andchains are my reward”). This is then developed with repeated G-flats.

 

. . .

. . .

V   b b   Cstrahlt

J

œ .dein

J

œBild -

œ   œnis,

œ   Œdein

œBild -

œ   œnis,

œ   œA -

œde -

J

œ .nla -

J

œi -

J

œde!

J

œ

V  b b

dein

œ   œBild -

œn   œnis,

œ   ÓA -

˙   œ   œde -

j

œla -

j

œ i -

j

œ de!

j

œV   b b   CA -

˙

de -

œ .nla -

J

œi-

J

œde!

J

œ   Œ ÓA -

˙

de -

œ .nla -

J

œi -

œ   Ude!

˙

 U

FIGURE 6.7 Beethoven, “In des Lebens Frühlingstagen” from Fidelio, Act II, Scene 1, No. 11

FIGURE 6.8 Beethoven, Adelaide, Op. 46

 

V b cIch

J

œseh’,

œwie

J

œein

J

œEn -

J

œgel

J

œ   ‰im

J

œro -

œsi -

 3œ   œgen

J

œDuft

œ

V b sichœ trös -œ tendJ

œ zur J

œ Sei -œ œ te,J

œ zur J

œ Sei -œ œ teJ

œ mir J

œ stel -J

œ let,J

œn Œ ÓV b Œ ‰

ein

J

œEn

J

œgel

J

œLe

J

œo

J

œno

J

œren

J

œn Œ ŒLe

J

œo

J

œno

J

œren

J

œ ‰der

J

œGat

œ œtin

J

œso

J

œgleich

œn

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 132/294

98 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

Repeated second-register high F-naturals introduce the wondrous visioninto Florestan’s cell. The third register shift to high G’s comes only when

the vision is recognized to be his wife Leonore: “Ein Engel Leonoren!Leonoren, der Gattin so gleich. . . .” In the subsequent passage (notshown), the F-sharp itself is finally introduced and repeated twice on“der, der führt mich zur Freiheit” (“who . . . who will lead me tofreedom”).

Perhaps Beethoven’s most famous  Lied,  written some years before

 Fidelio, is constructed by stating the refrain, “Adelaide,” in the second

register, and then transforming it into the third register. Beethoven

utilizes the vowels of the name itself, / a /, / e /, and / i / which form a seriesrising naturally in pitch as the placement of the vowel shifts from theback of the mouth on / a /, to the center on / e /, and to the front of the mouthon / i /. His first few statments of “Adelaide” rise to the top of the secondregister, then fall back again, as in the first line of this example.

Here, at the end of the first development passage, Beethoven trans-forms the theme by shifting it up into the third register, playing with thedistinction between the high G and the F-natural.

ein En- gel, Le - o - no- ren, Le- o - no- ren, der Gat - tin so gleich,

 UFIGURE 6.9 Beethoven, Adelaide, Op. 46

 

. . .

b Cdeut -

˙ .lich

œschim

œmert,

œ   Ódeut

˙ .lich

œschim-

œmert

œ

V bbauf 

œ je-

œdem

œPur-

œpur -

œblätt

œchen,

œ Œauf 

œ je -

œdem

œPur -

œpur -

œblätt-

œ Uchen:

œ

V bbA -

˙

de -

œ .la -

J

œi -

œ œde!

˙   ∑ ∑

A

˙ ˙#   ˙ .de -

œla -

œi

˙ œ œde!

œ

V bb ˙ œ . J

œ   œ ˙ ˙ ∑ ∑ ˙ ˙# œ œ œ œn œ œ œ

˙ œ œ œ

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 133/294

T H E T E N O R V O I C E 99

When the song breaks into a new geometry, a cabaletta-like section witha new tempo at the end, shown here, Beethoven repeatedly displays

the theme transforming itself, by stating it at the top of the second reg-ister, and then shifting it into the third register.

V bA -

˙

de - la -

Ji - de!

 

A de - la -

œi

˙ œde!

œ

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 134/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 135/294

 U

FIGURE 6.15 Donizetti, “Una furtiva lagrima” from L’Elisir 

d ’amore, Act II, Scene 8FIGURE 6.16 Verdi, “Ah sì, ben mio” from Il Trovatore, Act III,

Scene 2, No. 18

All of Verdi’s tenor roles are made almost impossible to sing effectivelyat today’s tunings. In Il Trovatore, “Ah sì, ben mio” and its cabaletta “Di

 

. . .V bbb b b 86o ce

U -

J

œna

J

œfur-

J

œti -

œva

J

œ   > la -

J

œ .gri-

J

œnma

œ J

œ ‰ ‰negl’

J

œoc-

J

œ .chi

J

œ œ œ

suoi

œ œ .spun-

J

œtò:

œ ‰Œ .

V bb b b bche

J

œpiù

J

œcer-

J

œcan-

J

œdo

J

œio

J

œvo?

˙ .

V bb b b bfœ . J

œ ‰ J

œ œ œ œ œ œ J

œ œ j

œ j˚œ > 

œ   jœJ

œ   > œ

 

V bbb b 43Ah

J

œsì,

œ . .ben

jœmio;

J

œ .col -

j

œl’es -

œ .se-

J

œre

J

œ .io

J

œtuo,

œ .tu

j

œmia

jœ .con -

j

œsor-

œte,

j

œ ‰ ‰.

V bb b ba -J

œvròœ . .

piùj˚

œl’al-J

œ .ma in -J

œtre -œ

pi -œ

da, ilœ ƒ

brac -œ. œ œ

cio a -œ œ

vròœ> œ

piùj˚

œfor -œ . œ œ

te.

œ

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 136/294

102 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

With the flowering of Italian bel canto opera under Rossini, Donizetti,and Bellini in the early nineteenth century, dozens of great tenor ariaswere written around this distinction between the tenor’s high E and F-natural in the second register, and the F-sharp and G in the third register;none of these arias makes much sense except at C=256.

Gaetano Donizetti (1797–1848), perhaps the finest Italian bel cantocomposer for tenor, constructed this aria for the character Nemorino in1832 around the high F-sharp register shift. The aria’s opening coupletbegins on F-natural “Una furtiva lagrima” (“a secret tear”) as onestatement, and is immediately modified by the second phrase of thecouplet with a high G-flat on “negl’occhi suoi spuntò” (“in her eyesappeared”). In the second line shown here, the development is sped upby having the G-flat immediately follow the F. The third line combines

the work of the first two.

quella pira,” are murderous at A=440. The first aria is more difficult,since it is marked adagio cantabile but sits on the high F-natural–G-flat

register shift. The voice must either shout through these passages in the

second register, or, in order to achieve the desired piano cantabile, mustcreate strange, squeezed sounds on the F-natural.

V b b bM’a - ma,

J ‰sì,

Jm’a - ma, lo

Jve - do,

œ .lo

jœve -

Jdo.

 U

FIGURE 6.17 Verdi, “Di quella pira” from Il Trovatore, Act III,Scene 2, No. 18

The cabaletta “Di quella pira,” if sung frequently at a high tuning, willsend most performers into early retirement. “Pira” is meant to be sung

FIGURE 6.18 Verdi, “De’ miei bollenti spiriti” from La Traviata,

Act II, Scene 1, No. 7

V 43   > Di

œ   > quel -

œ   > la

œ   .pi -

œ   .œ   .œ   .œ   > ra

˙   > l’or -

œ   > ren -

œ   > do

œ   .fo -

œ   .œ   .œ   .œ   > co

˙

V > tut -œ   > 

teœ   > 

leœ   .

fi -œ   .œ   .œ   .œ

bre

˙   .m’ar -

œ   .œ   .œ   .œse, av-

œ   > vam -

œpo!

œ   Ó

 

. . .

V bbb 43 pDe’

œmiei

j

œ .bol-

J

œlen -

J

œ .ti

J

œspi -

j

œ .ri -

j

œti

œ Œil

œgio -

j

œ .va -

J

œ   > ni -

J

œ .ble ar -

J

œdo -

œ .   œre

œ Œ

V bb bel -

œnla

J

œ .tem-

J

œprò

J

œ .col

J

œpla -

J

œci -

œ œdo

œ .sor -

J

œ#   .ri -

J

œ .so

J

œ .del-

J

œ .l’a

J

œmor,

J

œ ‰   ∏

del-

J

œ .l’a-

J

œmor!

œ Œ Œ

V bb b J

œ dolcissimo˙ J

œJ

œ œ Œ ‰. J

œ ˙ J

œ  .J

œ   .J

œ   .J

œ J

œ . J

œ J

œ

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 137/294

T H E T E N O R V O I C E 103

as a written-out ornament, E–F–E–F–E, fortissimo at the top of the hero’ssecond register, repeatedly through the long aria. At A=440 and above,these passages are invariably shouted. That which should add emotional

intensity and fervor, becomes ugly machismo.The two F-naturals in the second line of this example, should be sung

as passing notes, remaining in the third register until the half-note F.These problems come home at the end of the aria (not shown), where

often the final high G is taken up to high C (although Verdi did not write

this in score). By the time the repeated high C’s are called for, the poor tenor is usually in extremis. Most tenors today transpose the entire scenedownwards by a half-step, thereby destroying its relation to the rest of the opera.

This aria in E-flat major begins with a transformation from F-natural toF-sharp on “ella temprò col placido sorriso. . . .” Its numerous F-naturalsmust be differentiated from the high G’s and A-flats; singing the F-naturals in the third register makes the aria annoyingly pretentious.

Vio

Jvi

Jvo in

Jciel,

Œdel -

Jl’u

Jni -

Jver-

Jso im -

Jme -

Jmo-

Jre,

J

V bb b   ≈ 

io

œn   .vi -

Jœ  .vo

Jœ   .qua-

Jœ   .si in

Jœfciel,

œb   Jœah

Jœnsì,

Jœdim.

io

Jœ#vi -

Jœvo

œnqua-

Jœsi in

Jœndolcissimo

cie -

œlo,

Jœn   ≈ 

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 138/294

 UFIGURE 6.21 Mozart, “Tuba mirum” from Requiem, K. 626

The Tenor First-to-Second Register Shift 

FIGURE 6.22 Josquin des Prez, Domine, ne in furore

 

III

. . .

. . .Tenor trombone solo B  bb C   ˙

  ˙œ  œ   œ  œ   w

Bass solo ? bb

Tu -

˙

ba

˙

mi-

œrum

œspar-

œgensœ sow w œ .   œ œnum,

œ ŒV bbTenor solo 

Mors

œ .stu

J

œpe

J

œ .bbit

J

œet

J

œna

j

œbtu

œra

œ Œcum

J

œre

J

œ   jœ

sur

œ .nget

J

œb   jœ

cre

œ .a

J

œtu

œb   œra

œ œ

 

Tenor 1

Tenor 2 

VV

CC

Dow . mi -

˙

„ne,›

Do

w .mi -

˙

∑new .

ne,

›in

˙fu -w„

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 139/294

T H E T E N O R V O I C E 105

The bass soloist shifts into the third register at the high D on the thirdsyllable of the opening couplet, the verb “mirum.” The tenor, enteringin sequence, must make precisely the same poetic statement with his third

syllable “stu pebit,” in his third register. At C=256, this is precisely whathappens at the tenor’s high A-flat.

At A=440 or above, the tenor’s very first note—the noun “Mors”on F-natural—would already be sung in the third register, which turns

Mozart’s effect into gibberish by destroying the counterpoint betweenthe bass and the tenor.

The tenor’s shift from the first to the second register at C=256 is far lessaudible to the untrained ear than the high shift, but occurs naturally if 

the tenor voice is well-elevated into the head. It is subtle, but nonethelessessential for the balancing of the tenor’s voice.

The first-to-second register shift was well-understood from the highRenaissance onward, as may be seen from almost any Renaissance choralcomposition which includes tenor. This motet for three tenors and a bassis a case in point. The shift, especially in the dramatic form of an octaveshift from C=128 to C=256, may be heard beginning with “arguas me”in the upper tenor line of the second staff system, and continues in all

three tenor lines throughout.2

VMors stu - pe - bit et na - tu- ra, cum -re sur - get cre - a - tu - ra,

V bb

 ju -

œ .di -J

œcan -

œti

œre -

œ .spon -Jœ

su -

œnra.

œ Ó II

II

VV

ro -

˙ . reœ tu -w∑

ne

w .ow   Ó ar w

in

˙fu

wgu -

˙asw

ro

˙ ˙ .   œ œ  ˙

w .

re

˙

__________2 For ease of reading, a slightly different convention is used to indicate the first

register in the male voices. Instead of the shaded box used for the soprano, mezzosoprano,and contralto first register, male first-register notes are indicated by an unshaded,solid-outlined box.

 UFIGURE 6.23 Mozart, Ave verum corpus, K. 618

This highly underrated late work of Mozart has a tightly crafted dialogue

FIGURE 6.24 Beethoven, Lied aus der Ferne, WoO 137

V   # #   Csotto voce

A -

˙

ve,

˙

a -

˙

ve

˙

ve -

˙

rum

˙

cor -

˙

pus,

˙

V

  # #na -

˙ .tum

œde

œMa -

œri -

œa

œvir -

˙ .gi -

œne,

w

V   # #ve -

˙ .re

œpas -

œ   œsum

˙

im -

˙ .mo -

œla -

œ   œtum

˙

 

. . .Piano (r.h.)

& bb 86 j

œ   œ .   … œ œ œ

  œ.n   œ   jœ

  œ. œ œ œ œb œ J

œ#   œ J

œ ‰

V bb

Als

j

œ mir œ .   … nochœ œ dieJ

œ Trä -œ .n neœ der 

jœ Sehn -

œ .   … suchtœ œb nichtJ

œ floß,J

œ#  œ

  J

œ ‰

V bbund

J

œnei -

œ .ndisch

œdie

J

œFer -

œ J

œne

œnicht

J

œLieb -

œ œ œchen

œ œver -

J

œschloß,

œ .   œ

Tenor 

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 140/294

106 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

This highly underrated late work of Mozart has a tightly-crafted dialogueof register-shift cross-voicing among the voices. This fits the openingtwo couplets of the poem.

At the outset, the sopranos and altos pass in and out of the firstregister in a dialogue. Both start in the second register; the altos then passdown into the first register at the end of the first phrase “Ave, ave verumcorpus.” The sopranos then join them in the first register on the verb“natum,” and both women’s voices end the initial couplet in the deeper 

register on “de Maria virgine.”In the next couplet, the tenors shift up into the second register on

“vere passum,” which sets off a modulation to the fifth from D major toA major. The basses also shift an octave upwards from first to second

register. The shift is quite audible when all members of the tenor sectionperform it correctly.

Beethoven in his Lieder  enjoyed the use of this shift. This song, even inthe keyboard introduction, is built on the tenor’s C=256 register shift.

It begins with the ironical statement of the theme in the first register,around B-flat in the first and second measures, and then in the immediaterepetition in the second register, at the C=256 in the second throughfourth measures.

When the singer enters and sings the same series of voices, the irony

is complete. Observe how Beethoven achieves closure of the idea byfalling back into the first register on the verb “verschloß” at the end of the opening couplet.

 UFIGURE 6.25 Beethoven, An die ferne Geliebte, Op. 98 FIGURE 6.26 Verdi, “Di quella pira” from Il Trovatore, Act III,

Scene 2, No. 18

Verdi often utilized the tenor’s first register, especially in relation to thethird register. Here he sets the first two lines of this cabaletta in a

counterposition of the two The first line makes a statement at the top

 

II

Voice 

& bbb 42π

und

j

œsein

J

œletz -

J

œter 

J

œStrahl

J

œ .ver -

j

œglü-

j

œhet

j

œ ‰hin-

J

œter 

J

œ je -

J

œner 

J

œ pBer -

J

œ .ges -

J

œhöh,

˙

Voice 

Piano (r.h.)

&

&

bbbb b b

 Molto Adagio

und

J

œ .du

J

œnsingst,

œ œ

œœ..

œœnn

œœ

 œœ

Tempo I 

und

J

œdu

œ   œsingst,

œ   œbwas

J

œ

œœœ œ   œ   œ

œb   œb   œ œich

J

œ .ge-

œsun-

j

œgen,

j

œ

œ œ œ œ

œ œ œ œ

V 43   > Di

œ   > quel -

œ   > la

œ   .pi -

œ   .œ   .œ   .œ   > ra

˙   > l’or -

œ   > ren -

œ   > do

œ   .fo -

œ   .œ   .œ   .œ   > co

˙

V > tut -œ   > 

teœ   > 

leœ   .

fi -œ   .œ   .œ   .œ

bre

˙   .m’ar -

œ   .œ   .œ   .œse, av-

œ   > vam -

œpo!

œ   Ó

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 141/294

T H E T E N O R V O I C E 107

This song cycle, composed in 1816, is in significant degree structuredaround this register shift.

The first five songs outline the poet’s realization that one will beunhappy in love, until he emulates God the Composer, by creation of song, for the beloved. The final song adds the powerful request, that the

beloved, too, act creatively, and sing: “Und du singst, was ich gesungen. . .” (“And when thou singest what I have sung . . .”). At this point,interrupting the flow of development, Beethoven introduces the pro-gression B-flat–B-natural–C. The boldly interjected B-natural is heard

as the end of one poetic voice, calling for the new idea in the new register at C=256, all on the verb “singst.” The breakthrough comes preciselyat the shift to C=256.

counterposition of the two. The first line makes a statement at the topof the second register, and then shifts down and restates the idea in thefirst register. The second line further develops the same idea in the third

register, before resolving back to the second. All of this does not functionat A=440.

& œ.   œn   œ œ œ œb œ  œ

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 142/294

 U

FIGURE 6.30 Schubert, “Ungeduld” from Die schöne Müllerin,

Op. 25, No. 7FIGURE 6.31 Schubert, An Silvia, Op. 106, No. 4

&   # # #   43Ich

j

œschnitt’

J

œ .es

J

œgern

j

œ .in

jœal -

J

œ .le

j

œRin -

j

œ   .den

jœein,

œ   ‰

&   # ##

ichj

œ grubJ

œ . esJ

œ gernJ

œ . inj˚

œ#  je -J

œ . denJ

œ Kie -j

œ .n sel -j˚

œ stein,œ   ‰&   # # #

ich

J

œmocht

J

œ .es

J

œsan

J

œ .auf 

j

œ je -

J

œ .des

J

œfri -

J

œ .sche

J

œBeet

œ

 

& ##   cThen

˙ .to

œSil -

œvia

œ   Ólet

˙ .us

œ  sing,

œ   œ   Œ

& # # #That

œSil -

œvia

œis

œex -

œcel -

˙

ling.

œ   Œ

& # # #She

˙ .ex -

œcels

œ   œ# Œeach

œ#   œmor -

˙ .ntal

œ  thing

œ   œ   Œ

& # # # œ œ œ œn œ œ . J

œ œ Œ

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 143/294

T H E T E N O R V O I C E 109

Schubert’s major song cycles, in which the reciter is clearly a man,constantly uses to poetic effect the reflected childhood soprano low F-

sharp register shift.Here the theme in the first line of the song begins with a low E in the

first register, and is repeated in the second line, transformed up to theF-sharp of the childhood second register. It is then transformed again,rising into the third register, as if to underline the principle of trans-

formation being applied.

Schubert enjoyed the same sort of compacting of multiple register shiftsin his three Shakespeare settings, especially this one from The Two

Gentlemen of Verona. Analysis of the song by registration uniquelyproves, contrary to standard texts, that Schubert composed from theEnglish first, not the German translation. (See Figures 10.4 –10.10.)

As with any good composition, this is composed beginning with theirony at the end, Shakespeare’s imperative “Then to Silvia let us sing!”This final, most important verbal phrase crosses down dramatically over 

the low F-sharp to a new voice at the low E, in what would be a soprano’s

first register—the standard device for the end of a soprano couplet. Yetthe singer in the Shakespeare play is a male.

This development of the dominant E as a registral voice continuesthroughout the song. The second line of the opening couplet rises to thehigh E defining the top of the soprano-tenor second register, on “thatSilvia is excelling.” To this is then contrasted a third voice, rising intothe third register on the high F-sharp, at the end of the second couplet,

“upon the dull earth dwelling.” These three distinct voices are used in

various combinations until they are all compressed as spanning all threeregisters in the four-note phrase at the end in measures 23–24 of the song(not shown), on “that adorèd [she might be].”

&Up -  on the dull earth dwel - ling.

 UFIGURE 6.32 Secondary Characteristics of the Tenor Voice FIGURE 6.33 Dufay, Franc cuer gentil

 

Choral tessituraRenaissance

F-F

Choral tessituraBachF-F

Choral tessituraMozart

F-F

Choral rangeBachC-B

Choral rangeVerdiC-B b

Solo low rangeSchubert

A

Solo high rangeBellini

F

V   œ   œ   œ   œV   œ   œV

V   œœ

œœb

V

  œVœ

V

 

F F

F F

Soprano 

Tenor 1

Tenor 2 

&

VV

b

bb

43

4343

œ   œ   œ   œ .   œ∑

J

œ  œ

  J

œ  œ

œ   œ   œ   œ .   œ

Franc

œcuer 

œ   œgen -

œ .   œ

œ   œ   œ˙   œ

til,

˙

sur 

œ

œ   ˙

œ   ˙

tou-

œtes

˙

œ   ‰ œ  j

œœ   ˙

 

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 144/294

110 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

The tenor voice was one of the most consistently used voices in poly-

phonic composition since its beginnings in the early Christian Church.From the earliest available printed music of the Renaissance, the tessituraof the tenor centered on the octave from F below C=256 to the F above.It continued to be used in this manner through the period of Bach, Mozart,Beethoven, Brahms, and Verdi.

Over the centuries, the range of the tenor was gradually extended toas low as the optional low A in Schubert’s original scoring of  Die

Winterreise, and as high at the high F used often by Bellini andDonizetti.

Both the tenor and alto or contra-tenor altus of the Renaissance had thesame basic tessitura, in keeping with the physiology of the tenor’s vocal

apparatus.

FIGURE 6.34 J.S. Bach, “Fallt mit Danken” from Christmas

Oratorio, BWV 248, Part IV, No. 36

The use of an F–F tessitura for the tenor was maintained by J.S. Bach,while he went on to develop the higher range of the tenor voice.

F F

V b 83fallt

œmit

JœLo

œ   œ   œ   œ   œben,

Jœfallt

œmit

JœDan -

œken,

V bfallt

œ œmit

Jœb   .Lo -

Jœ   .ben

Jœ   ‰vor 

Jœdes

œHöch -

œ   œsten

JœGna -

œ œden -

Jœthron!

œ .

 UFIGURE 6.35 Mozart, “Lacrymosa” from Requiem, K. 626 FIGURE 6.37 Verdi, “Rex tremendæ” from Requiem

Mozart, Beethoven, Brahms, and Verdi all continued to require theaverage tenor chorister to sing a high B-flat, demonstrating that they allcomposed for a tuning no higher than C=256.

FIGURE 6.38 Schubert, “Gute Nacht” from Die Winterreise, Op. 98,

 

F

F

Tenor 

Bass 

V

?

b

b

812

812

qua

j

œ   ‰ ‰re -

j

œ   ‰ ‰sur -

j

œ   ‰ ‰get

J

œ   ‰ ‰

quaJ

œ   ‰ ‰ re -j

œ   ‰ ‰ sur -J

œ   ‰ ‰ getJ

œ   ‰ ‰

ex

J

œ   ‰ ‰fa -

jœ#   ‰ ‰vil -

j

œ   ‰ ‰la

J

œn ‰ ‰

exJ

œ   ‰ ‰ fa -J

œ   ‰ ‰ vil -j

œ   ‰ ‰ laj

œ   ‰ ‰V b cresc.

 ju -

œ .di -

œ .can -

œ .dus

œ .b fho -

œ .mo

œ .re -

œ .us.

J

œ   ‰ ‰f

 

V   c Œfons

œpi -

œbe -

œB b

ta -

œtis,

œœsal -

œb   œbva,

w   Œsal -

œ   œva,

œb   œ   œsal -

˙ .va

œme,

˙   Ó

 

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 145/294

T H E T E N O R V O I C E 111

Mozart also continued to center the tenor choral part on the octave of F–F.

FIGURE 6.36 J.S. Bach, “Pleni sunt cœli” from Mass in B Minor,

BWV 232

Bach extended the use of the tenor’s high range to a frequent choral highB above the staff.

No. 1

In the same song in which Schubert uses the tenor’s F-sharp register shiftas the crucial poetic transformation (see Figure 6.14), his original scorealso calls for an optional low A. The cycle also contains a required lowA-sharp in No. 7, “Auf dem Flusse.”

FIGURE 6.39 Bellini, I Puritani, Act III, Scene 3

Donizetti and Bellini frequently required a superhigh E or F of the tenor 

soloist.

?b

cresc.

 ju -œ . di -

œ .bcan -

œ .dus

œ . fho -

œ .nmo

œ .bre -

œ .us.J

œ  ‰ ‰

V ## 83Ple

Jœni

Jœsunt

Jœcœ-

Jœli

Jœet

Jœter-

Jœra

Jœglo

œ œ œ œBœ œ œ œ Jœ

ri -

œ œa

Jœ œœe -

œ . œ jus,

Jœ ‰ ‰

V   b   42nunund

Jœistauf 

Jœ .dieden

j˚œWeltweis-

jœsosen

Jœtru -

Mat -

œ .   œbe,ten

jœder 

such’

œ   œWegich

jœge -des

jœhulltWil-

jœin

des

jœœSchnee.

Tritt.

œ   Œ

V bbb b b cpo -

œ œ œ

scia

Jœ-sa

Jœzia -

œ  œnte

Jœ .bla

Jœcru -

œ . œdel -

œ . œ Utà,

œ . œ œ œ œ œ œ œ∫ Uœ Jœ

V bb b b bla

œ œb   œ œ œ Ucru -

œ .del -

Jœtà.

œb

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 146/294

C H A P T E R

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 147/294

The Baritone Voice

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 148/294

 U

FIGURE 7.3 Mozart, “Susanna, or via sortite” from Le nozze di Figaro, Act II, Scene 6, No. 13

FIGURE 7.4 Mozart, “Crudel, perchè finora farmi” from Le nozzedi Figaro, Act III, Scene 2, No. 16

Later the Count asks his servant Susanna if she will attend a tryst; he

stays within his second register (including the high D on “verrai”). Thebaritone becomes more insistent and varies the same idea rising into

 

. . .

. . .

. . .

Susanna 

Countess 

Count 

&

&?

43

4343

O

j

œ

unj

œ

un

J

œ

ciel!

œ .un

J

œpre -

J

œci -

J

œ

scan -œ . da -J

œ lo, unJ

œ dis -J

œ

scan -

œ .bda -

J

œlo, un

J

œdis -

J

œ

pi -

J

œ .zi-

J

œo,

œ   ‰qu ı

J

œ

or -J

œ . di-J

œ ne,œ ‰ schi -J

œ

or -

J

œ .bdi-

J

œne,

œ   ‰schi -

J

œ

cer -

œ .bto

J

œna-

J

œsce -

J

œ

viamœ . per J

œ ca -J

œ ri -J

œ

viam

œ .per 

J

œca -

J

œri -

J

œ

ra,

œ

ta!œ

ta!

œSusanna  œ # œ # œ #

n

?   C Count 

Dun-

œque in

J

œgiar-

J

œdin

œ .ver -

J

œra -

J

œi?

J

œ   Œ Œ ‰ Susanna 

Se

J

œ&pia -

œ   œce a

œ   œvoi,

œ .ver -

J

œro.

œ   Œ Ó   ?

?Count 

nonJ

œmiJ

œman-

œ.

che -J

œra -J

œi?J

œ   Œ Œ ‰Susanna 

No,J

œnon

œ j

œ#vi

j

œman -

œ .che -

J

œ&ro,œ   Œ Ó

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 149/294

T H E B A R I T O N E V O I C E 115

All three voices in the same passage as shown in Figure 7.2, show thatthe first phrase is based on the tones of the C minor triad, in which thesopranos sing the C and G, while the pivotal E-flat is sung by the Countin the second register. In the second phrase, the women’s voices repeatvirtually the same material, while the baritone creates the critical voicewhich shifts the ensemble from C minor into C major.

baritone becomes more insistent, and varies the same idea, rising intothe third register on E-natural at “mancherai.”

If Mozart had used the standard bass voice for the Count, thisexample (as well as Figures 7.2 and 7.3) would merely repeat the sameidea twice without alteration. Since the bass must shift into the thirdregister at D, in this instance both the Count’s first and second phraseswould rise into the third register.

These examples are strong evidence that the newly discoveredbaritone register shift is being used. The difference in both exampleswould have been particularly notable to Mozart’s audience, accustomedas they were to hearing the lower male voice use the bass shift on D.

Countess 

Count 

&&?

qu ı

œ

un

œ

un

œN

cer -

˙#to

œ

scan -

˙

da -

œ

scan -

˙

da -

œ

na -

˙#sce -

œ

lo, un

˙

dis -

œ

lo, un

˙

dis -

œ

ra,

˙#qu ı

œ

or -

Jœ .di-

Jœne,

œ .schi -

or -

Jœ .di-

Jœne,

œ .schi -

cer -

œ .ntoJ

œna-J

œsce -J

œ

viam

œ .per-

Jœca -

Jœri -

viam

œ .per-

Jœca -

Jœri -

ra,

œ

ta,

œ

ta,

œ

 U

FIGURE 7.5 Rossini, “Ah! qual colpo inaspettato!” from Il barbiere di Siviglia, Act II, No. 18

FIGURE 7.6 Beethoven, “Er sterbe!” from Fidelio, Act II, Scene 3,No. 14

Beethoven also took up the baritone voice, using it for the villain of hisonly complete opera, Fidelio (begun 1803). Here, Pizarro, surprised by

the heroine Leonore, asks twice: “Soll ich vor einem Weibe beben?”(“Shall I tremble before a woman?”). The register shift allows a clear

 

. . .

. . .

Rosina 

Figaro 

&

?

b

b

c

c

Dol -

œ   j

œce

œ œ œ œ

Ó

no -

œ œ

#do

j

œ ‰.av

J

œven -

œ œ œntu -

œb œ

Œ(No -œ œ#

do.)J

œ Ó

ra

œn œ œ œ œœœto,

j

œ ‰V

ÓV b Count 

Figaro

Dol -

œ J

œce

œ œ œ œno -

œ œ#do

J

œ ‰.av-

J

œven -

œ œ œ#tu -

œn   œœ

#

œ

œ

n

ra

œn   œ œ œ œ œ œto,

j

œ

? # #   csoll

œich

˙ .vor 

œei -

œnem

œWei -

œbe

œbe -

œben?

œ   Ó Ó Œ

? # # sollœ ich

˙ .vor 

œei -

œnem

œWei -

œbeœ be -œ ben?œ

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 150/294

116 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

The specific use of the baritone voice is evident here. In the first line, themezzosoprano Rosina sings in the second register, and Rossini’s Figaro,a baritone, comments on her statement, in his own second register. Inthe next phrase (second staff system), the Count (who in Rossini’s operais a tenor) restates the idea, but rises into the third register, and the

baritone’s comment also uses the third register, thus echoing the new

registral voice as well as the same notes. This would not be true if Rossini’s Figaro were a bass; the latter would rise monotonously intothe third register both times.

( Shall I tremble before a woman? ). The register shift allows a clear shift in meaning. In the first line, the singer uses the second register,

falling into the first register on “beben,” so that the emphasis is on histrembling. In the second line, there is an emotional shift, as Pizarrosuddenly asserts his willful decision to kill the wife along with thehusband, and on the word “ich” (“I”) he breaks into the third register.

? b

Figaro 

Ó Œ (No -

 œ#do,)J

œ

  Œ Pre-Jœ

stoJœn  ≈ 

an -Jœ

dia-Jœ

mo!Jœ

 ‰ Œ

 U

FIGURE 7.7 Beethoven, Symphony No. 9, Op. 125, FourthMovement

FIGURE 7.8 Beethoven, Symphony No. 9, Op. 125, FourthMovement

If the same passage is sung by a bass, the registral relationships wouldbe as shown (see also Figure 7.29). The soloist’s distinctive four-notephrase, which was elucidated by the baritone’s register shifts, is nowobscured by arbitrary, unrelated registral displacements. The registers

would go against the phrasing, and the internal counterpoint would belost.

 

Baritone solo ? ## 43   cUnd

œFreu

œ . œ œ

 œ

 œ

œ

œ

œ

œ œ œ œ œœœ œn œn œ

 ˙ Uœ.œ œ#

den-

J

œvol-

J

œle-

j

œre.

œ Œ

Baritone solo 

Chorus basses 

??

### #

cc

Freu -

œde,

œ   ÓÓ

Freu-

œde,

Ϸ

Freu

œ   ˙

de,

œ œÓ

Freu -

œde,

œ

Baritone solo ? ## 43“Bass” 

Und

œFreu

œ . œ œ

 œ

 œ

 œ

 œ

 œ

 œ œ œ œ œœœ œn œn œ

 ˙ Uœ.œ œ#

den-

J

œvol -

J

œle -

j

œre.

œ Œ

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 151/294

T H E B A R I T O N E V O I C E 117

The choral finale of Beethoven’s Ninth Symphony calls for a baritone,

not a bass, as soloist. The distinction is crucial: Beethoven required asoloist whose register shift was not  on D, the key of the composition;rather, his register shift had to be just above D, such that, when the sololine drops at the end, resolving on D, the resolution is in the next-lower register.

The first setting of the word “Freude” (“joy”) is on the phrase“Freudenvollere” (“more joyful [tones]”). Here, the phrase is markedwith baritone registers as Beethoven intended. There are three distinct

registral voices in the opening figure: the A in the first register (first

register is not shown here; see Figures 7.21 –7.26), the D in the second,and then a descending figure, which is varied in the third, second, andfirst registers successively, resolving each time into the lower register.(See Figure 7.28 for additional features of this passage.)

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 152/294

 U

FIGURE 7.11 Verdi, “Oh de’ verd’ anni miei” from Ernani, Act III,Scene 1, at C=256

FIGURE 7.12 Verdi, “Oh de’ verd’ anni miei” from Ernani, Act III,Scene 1, at A=440

 

? bbb b c  Cantabile

Oh

œde’

J

œ .verd’

J

œan

œ   œ œ œ œ J

œ .ni

J

œmie

œ œ .œ .œ .œi

œ Œso-

œgni e

J

œ .bu-

J

œ > giar-

œde

œ

 œ œ

? bbb b lar œ  stent.

œ œ œn

 œve,

œ Œ? bb b b

se

œtrop

J

œ .po

J

œ ^vi

œ ^cre -

œde

œ   leggeriss.œœ

œ œ

œœ

œœi,

œ ‰.l’in-

J

œ   > can-

œto,

J

œ ≈ l’in

J

œ > can -

œ > œ > to

J

œn > o-

J

œra

J

œ≈ 

di-

J

œspar 

J

œve.

J

œ

 

III III

? bbb b c  Cantabile

Oh

œde’

J

œ .verd’

J

œan

œ   œ œ œ œ J

œ .ni

J

œmie

œ œ .œ .œ .œi

œ Œso-

œgni e

J

œ .bu-

J

œ > giar-

œde

œ

 œ œ

? bb b b lar œ  stent.

œ œ œn

 œve,

œ Œ? bb b b

se

œtrop

J

œ .po

J

œ ^vi

œ ^cre -

œde

œ   leggeriss.œœ

œ œ

œœ

œœi,

œ ‰.l’in-

J

œ   > can-

œto,

J

œ ≈ l’in

J

œ > can -

œ > œ > to

J

œn > o-

J

œra

J

œ≈ 

di-

J

œspar 

J

œve.

J

œ

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 153/294

T H E B A R I T O N E V O I C E 119

With the great operas of Verdi, the baritone voice found its most

extensive expression in the bel canto literature. This example shows thatshifts of register can also be inappropriate, and that some bel canto “longlines” in the voice must remain in a single register in order to be coherent.Here, Charles V’s major aria has such an opening statement, with twoE-flats sitting just below the high register shift. This pattern occurs many

more times throughout the aria. At C=256, the baritone is able to maintainall these notes in the second register, as Verdi wanted.

At A=440 tuning, the baritone is forced to prematurely “pop” the E-flats

up into the third register, which makes the aria sound foolish, since theyare incidental notes which become blown out of all proportion, breakingup the mellifluous line. This example was the first one used by the Italianbaritone Piero Cappuccilli at conference of the Schiller Institute onApril 9, 1988 in Milan, Italy, which launched the international effort toreestablish scientific tuning.

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 154/294

 UFIGURE 7.14 Verdi, “Il balen del suo sorriso” from Il Trovatore, Act II, Scene 2, No. 12, at C=256

 

? bb   c.

cantabile

Il

œ   .

ba -

œ

len

œ . .

del

J

œ.

suo

œ   .

sor -

œ

ri -

œ

so

J

œ   ‰d’u -

 3œJ

œn

na

 3œ   J

œ

stel -

œb

la

J

œ   ‰vin -

 3œJ

œn

ce

 3œ

  œ

il

J

œ

rag -

œ .b

  œ

 œ

gio!

J

œ‰

? bb   .il

œ   .ful -

œgor 

œ . .del

J

œ.

suo

œ  .

bel

œvi -

œ .   œ œso

œno -

œJ

œnvo

œ

in -

J

œ

fon -

J

œb

dolciss.

de,

œ

J

œ

no -

J

œ

vo in -

J

œ

fon -

œ

de a

J

œnme

œ

  œ

co -

J

œ

rag -

œ .b  œ

 œ

gio.

œ

? bb

Ah!

œ

l’a -

œ

mor,

œ

l’a-

œn

mo -

œ

  œ œ

re

œ œ œ   œ#   œ œ π

on -

J

œn

d’ar -

œ .   œ

do,

J

œ   ‰> 

le

œ   > 

fa -

œ

vel-

œ

li in

œn   .

mi -

œ .

œ .œ

o

œ œ œ  œ#   œ œ

fa -

J

œn

vor!

œ œ   œ œ œJ

œ U≈ 

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 155/294

T H E B A R I T O N E V O I C E 121

? bb   > sper -

œda il

œso -

œle

Jœ ‰d’un

œ  dolce

suo

œ œ œ œ œ œ   .sguar-

œ   .do

œla

œ Jœntem

œ-

Jœpe-

Jœsta

œ œ œ   œ  œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ

del

œ Jœnmio

œ   œ œcor.

Jœb ‰

The Count’s ensuing aria is a tour de force of the use of the baritoneregister shifts. Each line in the figure above represents a poetic couplet.The first couplet, in which E’s are flat, simply describes Leonora’sbeauty, and does not rise into the third register. The next couplet shifts,

to relate the effect of this upon the singer, and the vocal line moves intothe third register. In the third couplet, Verdi changes the key momen-tarily, in order to assert the E-natural, so that the third-register voiceenters near the beginning of the couplet’s first line.

 UFIGURE 7.15 Verdi, “Il balen del suo sorriso” from Il Trovatore, Act II, Scene 2, No. 12, at A=440

?   b b   c   .cantabile

Il

œ   .ba -

œlen

œ . .del

J

œ   .suo

œ   .sor -

œri -

œso

J

œ   ‰  3

d’u -

œ   J

œn  3

na

œ   J

œstel -

œbla

J

œ   ‰  3

vin -

œ   J

œn  3

ce

œ

  œil

J

œrag -

œ .b   œ

  œgio!

J

œ   ‰

?   b b   .ilœ   .

ful -œ

gor œ . .

delJ

œ   .suo

œ   .bel

œvi -œ .   œ   œ

so

œno -

œ   J

œnvo

œin -J

œfon -

J

œb

dolciss.

de,œ   J

œno-

J

œvo in -

J

œfon -

œde a

J

œnme

œ

  œco -J

œrag -

œ .b   œ

  œgio.

œAt A=440, the baritone is forced to put all the E-flats up into the third

register, throwing many incidental notes into the dramatic third reg-

ister; or, the baritone shouts in an effort to maintain the E-flats in the

second register.

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 156/294

122 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

 U

FIGURE 7.16 Verdi, “Pari siamo” from Rigoletto, Act I, Scene 2,No. 7

Verdi uses this same dramatic shift of the baritone voice again and again

for the punctum saliens in his operas. This famous monologue (“We’resimilar”), in which the jester, a baritone, compares himself to an assassin,pivots the fatal decisions of the opera around the E-natural register

FIGURE 7.17 Verdi, “Pari siamo” from Rigoletto, Act I, Scene 2,No. 7, at C=256

At the conclusion of the monologue, Rigoletto still lacks the moralstrength to make the right decision and break with the court, even after being cursed by Monterone for his complicity in the Count’s orgies.

“Should I heed this warning and change my life?” he asks in the first

 

? b Cson -

J

œnec-

J

œchian -

J

œdo

J

œmi

J

œdi -

J

œce:

J

œb   ŒFa

œ .bch’io

J

œri -

˙bda,

œ .-buf 

J

œfo-

J

œne...

J

œ

? b   ≈ 

for-

J

œbzar 

J

œmi

J

œdeg -

œ . .bgio e

J

œfar 

J

œblo!

J

œb   ≈ 

tutta forza

Oh

˙bdan -

J

œ .na -

J

œbzio -

˙

nne!

œ   Œ

 

? b CMi

œco -

J

œ .glie -

J

œrà

œ . .sven -

J

œntu -

œbra?...

œ   Ó

? b n‰AhJ

œno!œ   Œ

èJ

œ .-fo

J

œ  U

li

˙

. .n   J

œa!œ   Œ

 

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 157/294

T H E B A R I T O N E V O I C E 123

pivots the fatal decisions of the opera around the E natural register shift.

Rigoletto describes his existence as the toady whom the Dukecommands, “Make me laugh, fool,” singing in the second register, withrising intensity to the top of the register. At the sudden emotional shiftinto disgust, “Oh dannazione!” (“Oh, damnation!”), he shifts into the

third register.

Should I heed this warning and change my life? he asks, in the first

line of this example, straining to the top of the second register at E-flat.Then, he “flips” psychologically, shifting hysterically into the thirdregister, and lies to himself: “Ah, no, it is folly” to be worried. Hisdecision here to blind himself leads inevitably to the opera’s tragicconclusion.

FIGURE 7.18 Verdi, “Pari siamo” from Rigoletto, Act I, Scene 2,

No. 7, at A=440

At the higher tuning, all differentiation between before and after the fataldecision is lost, since both parts of the example would reach into the thirdregister.

? b CMi

œco -

Jœ .glie -

Jœrà

œ . .sven -

Jœntu -

œbra?...

œ   Ó

? b n‰Ah

Jœno!

œ   Œè

Jœ .-fo

Jœ  U

li

˙ . .n   Jœa!

œ   Œ

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 158/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 159/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 160/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 161/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 162/294

 UFIGURE 7.32 Brahms, Sonntag, Op. 47, No. 3

Here are the final two lines of the song’s vocal line. With the baritonevoice, there is proper use of the first-register notes as a kind of pedal-point on the low C. This projection down into the first register is

reflected at the climax of the verse in a mirror-image projection into thethird register on F-natural on the exclamation “wollte Gott” (“would toGod”).

FIGURE 7.34 Brahms, Sonntag, Op. 47, No. 3

 

& b 43das

œ  tau -

œ .send-

j

œschö-

j

œne

j

œJung-

œfräu-

œ  lein,

j

œ  das

j

œftau -

œ .send-

J

œschö-

J

œne

J

œHer -

œze -

œlein,

œ

& b

woll -

J

œteJ

œGott,

˙

woll-J

œteJ

œGott,

œich

jœwär J

œheu -

œte

œbeiœ ihr!

˙Œ

 

 

Voice 1 (Mezzosoprano)

Voice 2 (Mezzosoprano)

&

&?

b

bb

43

43

43

‰ œ œ œ œ œ

œ

 œ œ

 œ

 œ

˙˙ ..

Voices 3 & 4 (Bass)

˙ .

˙

.˙ .‰ œ œ œ œ œ

‰ œ œ œ œ œ

‰ œ œ œ œ œ

˙ .˙.

˙ .

˙ .

˙ .‰ œ œ œ œ œ

˙ .œ

& b œ œ  œ  œ#   œ j

œ   œ   œ   œ   œ

œ   j

œ

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 163/294

T H E B A R I T O N E V O I C E 129

FIGURE 7.33 Brahms, Sonntag, Op. 47, No. 3, Sung by Tenor 

If the same passage is performed with tenor register shifts, the songbecomes bottom-heavy with each repetition of F, and there is no shift

into the third register, resulting in the entire song being performed in onlytwo registers instead of three.

Sonntag is one of the most tightly composed pieces based exclusivelyon the registers of the baritone and mezzosoprano. The keyboard post-lude clinches the composer’s point. Voice 1, a mezzosoprano voice inthe piano’s right hand, sings a long phrase repeating the six-note postludefigure three times—twice in the second register, and then rising into the

third register as the voice had done earlier. Voice 2 in the right hand,also a mezzosoprano, sings the same figure, first in its lowest register,then in the second register. In the sixth measure, Brahms introduces alow E-flat in order to bring this voice back into the mezzosoprano first

register.The bass of the piano left hand is coherent with these mezzosoprano

singing voices. After Voice 2 rises into its second register in the secondmeasure, the bass voice answers, rising into its second register at A on

the downbeat of the fifth measure.

& b 43das

œ  tau -

œ .send-

jœschö-

jœne

jœJung-

œfräu-

œ  lein,

jœ  das

jœftau -

œ .send-

Jœschö-

Jœne

JœHer -

œze -

œlein,

œ

& b woll -Jœ

teJœ Gott,

˙

woll-Jœ teJœ Gott,œ ich

jœ wär Jœ heu -œ teœ beiœ ihr!

˙ Œ

&

?

b

b

œ œ  œ  œ   œœ  œ  œ   œ

jœb   œ   œ   œ   œ

œœ œœ..

jœœnn

œ   jœ

œœ ..

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 164/294

C H A P T E R

8

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 165/294

The Bass Voice

 UFIGURE 8.1 Bass Division of the C Major Scale

The bass voice is the lowest of the six species of human voice. It ischaracterized by a shift from the second to the third register betweenC-sharp above C=256 and D immediately above.

The bass also has a secondary shift, from first to second register,

between G and A-flat below C=256. As in the tenor and baritone voice,this shift occurs at the half-way point of the octave defined by the primaryshift, since A-flat is a diminished fifth below D.

FIGURE 8.3 Bass Division of the G Major Scale

For the same reasons as cited under Figure 8.2, the key of G is thesecond-most frequently used key for Classical polyphonic choral com-position. Here, the bass register shift on the high D divides the G major scale above C=256, on the right, precisely in half, just as the soprano

and tenor register shifts divide the C major scale in half.

FIGURE 8.4 Genesis of the Bass Clef 

 

I II II III

?   œ   œ   œ   œA b

œ   œ   œ   œ œD

œ   œ   œ   œ   ( œ   œ   )œ

  

I I   II III

DG#

? #   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ œ   œ œ œ   œ  œ œ œ

 

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 166/294

132 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

FIGURE 8.2 Bass Division of the D Major Scale

Many great Classical bass arias and choral compositions, especially J.S.Bach’s choruses, are set in D major or D minor. One reason is that thekey is supremely suited to human vocal registral development. Bothsopranos and tenors have a register shift on the fourth above D (i.e., G),

and basses have their most dramatic shift on the D itself.

Of all the six voice species, the bass voice has remained the most re-markably consistent throughout history, and is therefore one of the bestdemonstrations that rigorous Classical composition has always pro-

ceeded at, or tended toward, C=256. In the Renaissance, the bass voicewas one of the three known species (see Figure 4.4).The modern bass clef is derived from the Renaissance C clef, and

is thus intrinsically related to the idea of C=256 as the home key for musical composition.

Between 1400 and the end of the eighteenth century, the soprano’srole changed dramatically; the mezzosoprano and baritone voices took300 years to become recognized, and the tenor came in two varieties(tenor and alto-tenor). The bass, however, after about 1436, was a con-

stant as the “lowest” voice, and thus defines certain lower-limit param-eters for vocal composition.

I II III III

DDG#

? ##  œ  œ   œ  œ   œ œ   œ   œ œ   œ   œ   œ (œ   œ   )œB :   B 

:B  C clef F or Bass clef   G or Treble clef and

FG

 UFIGURE 8.5 Thomas Morley’s Compass of Voices

Thomas Morley in his 1597 book  A Plaine & Easie Introduction to

 Practicall Musicke shows a range for the bass voice consistent with that

used by Mozart, Beethoven, and Brahms. Morley shows modern usageof the bass in both what he calls “high keys” and “low keys”—that is,in all the common usages of composition.

FIGURE 8.6 Secondary Characteristics of the Bass Voice

The literature for bass, both solo and choral, shows a remarkable con-

 

&   b b ww&   B  b   &   b   w

w   bB b   ww

V   bb?   b ww?

B    b   bw w&   bB b   ww

V   bB    b ww

V   ?   ww

?

High key

Low keyCanto Tenor Basso

Canto Alto Tenor Basso

 Alto

 

Choral tessituraRenaissance

A-A

Choral tessituraBachC-C

Choral tessituraMozart, Verdi

C-C

Choral rangeRenaissance

C-D

* __________________ * Praetorius

Choral range

BachD-F#

Solo range

BachD-F#

Choral range

Mozart, VerdiE b -F nSolo range

Mozart etc.D-G

?   œ   œ   œ

  œ?   œ

  œ?

œ

œ

œ#?

œbœn?

œœ#?

œ

œ?

 

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 167/294

T H E B A S S V O I C E 133

, ,

sistency of tessitura, range, and other uses of the voice. The choral tes-situra of the bass voice was in the octave A–A in the Renaissance, shiftedupwards to center on the octave C–C by the time of J.S. Bach, andremained there throughout the classical period. The range has remained

the same, from low D to a high F or G above C=256.

FIGURE 8.7 Josquin des Prez, Tu solus dominus

This shows a typical Renaissance tessitura for the bass voice.

A   A

? # CAd

˙

te

œso -

œlum

œ .   Jœ œcon -

œfu

œ .   Jœ œgi -

œmus,

w

 Ue 

FIGURE 8.8 J.S. Bach, “Omnes generationes” from Magnificat,

BWV 243

J.S. Bach raised tessitura of all choral voices, including the bass, whichhe moved to center on the octave C–C.

FIGURE 8.9 Beethoven, “Gloria” from Mass in C Major, Op. 86

FIGURE 8.10 Mozart, “O, wie will ich triumphieren” from Die Entführung aus dem Serail, Act III, Scene 5,No. 19

The extreme low range of the bass has also been remarkably consistentover the centuries. Here we see the lowest note composed for bass bynot only Mozart but also Beethoven and Verdi.

This same low D was frequently used by J.S. Bach and Handel inthe same fashion, and not only for advanced soloists such as in Mozart’saria for Osmin here, but for choral bass sections (see Figure 4.24).

Despite claims by followers of Helmholtz such as A. J. Ellis that J.S.Bach and Handel composed for pitches as low as A=415 and sometimes

 

C C

? # #   co -

J

œ#mnes,

J

œo -

J

œmnes

J

œge -

J

œne -

J

œra -

J

œ#ti -

J

œo -

œ  U

nes,

œ   Ó

 

C C

 

D? # #   42denn

˙

nun

˙#hab’

˙ich

˙vor 

˙euch

˙Ruh’.

˙

 

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 168/294

134 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

Mozart and Beethoven continued J.S. Bach’s treatment of the bass

tessitura.

p p

even A=392, Bach utilized the same lowest notes as were used in Mozartand Beethoven’s day, and therefore could not have used a pitch lower than C=256. Low-pitched instruments would play in upward trans-position in order to accommodate to the voices.

FIGURE 8.11 J.S. Bach, “Credo” from Mass in B Minor, BWV 232

Bach had choral sections of basses singing the same high notes whichare considered the extreme high for a bass voice today.

? CƒGlow   ˙ .

ri -œ

a,œ Œ Ó   ∑ ƒ

glow   ˙ .

ri -œ

a,œ Œ Ó

F #

? # #   Ccre -

˙

do

˙   œin

œu -

wnum,

˙   œin

œu -

wnum

œ   œ   œDe -

˙˙

um,

w

 UFIGURE 8.12 Brahms, Vier ernste Gesänge, Op. 131, No. 4

Brahms and Verdi extended the bass soloist’s high range to G above thestaff.

FIGURE 8.13 Dunstable, Quam pulcra es

FIGURE 8.14 Josquin des Prez, De profundis

Josquin des Prez shows the use of two contrasting ideas in differentregisters. The first phrase, “Out of the depths have I cried unto thee, OLord,” remains in the lower registers. In the second phrase, “Lord, heed

my voice,” the heightened urgency is emphasized by a shift to high D.

FIGURE 8.15 J.S. Bach, “Ein’ feste Burg” from Cantata No. 80,

 

G

?   b b b   c piu moto

Nun

˙   œ   œa-

jœber 

J

œblei -

˙   œ   œbet

œ   œGlau

˙

be,

˙˙

Hoff-

˙

nung,

˙˙

Lie -

˙.   œœn   œbe,

œ rit.

die-

œse

œdrei;

˙   œ#   Œ

 

. . .?   43Quam

˙ .pul -

œcra

˙

es

˙

et

œquam

˙

de -

œco -

œra,

œ

?   CDe

w .pro – 

˙

fun-

wdis

w .cla-

˙

ma -

wvi

˙

ad

˙ .   œ   œ   œ   ˙   ˙

te,

˙

Do -

˙   ˙   ˙

mi -

wne:

w ∑

?   ÓDo-

˙

mi-

˙

ne,

˙

ex -

wau -

wdi

wvo -

˙

cem

˙ .   œ   œ   œme -

wam.

w  ∑

 

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 169/294

T H E B A S S V O I C E 135

Dunstable’s three-part motet shows the bass choral line making itsopening statement “Quam pulcra es” at the top of the second register,

and continuing in the lower registers (as do the other voices) through the

opening section, during which the poet objectively describes thebeloved.At the turning point of the piece, when the poet shifts to the imper-

ative “Veni!” (“Come!”), the bass shifts into the third register.

BWV 80

J.S. Bach frequently uses the bass third register shift in this fashion. Here,the opening theme, “A mighty fortress is our God,” is stated in the basses’lower registers. The idea is then developed by shifting into the thirdregister.

?   UVe -

˙ .   Uni,

˙

di -

œlec

œ .b   Jœ œ   bœte

œmi,

˙. . .? ## c

Ein’

˙

fe

˙

 

œ œ œ œ 

˙

 

œ   œ œ 

˙

 

œste

œBurg

œ

? ##ein’

œgu -

˙

te

œ œWehr 

œ œ œ œ œ œ   œN   œ   œn   œ œ œund

œWaf -

˙

fen,

˙

 U

FIGURE 8.16 J.S. Bach, “Mache dich, mein Herze, rein” fromSt. Matthew Passion, BWV 244, Part II, No. 65

In this final aria of the oratorio, Bach chooses the bass voice for thecitizen who buries Christ. The soloist admonishes himself, “Make thyself 

clean, my heart,” constructing the poetic dialogue between the soul andChrist, the soul speaking of itself in the second register, and then of Jesusin the third register.

FIGURE 8.18 J.S. Bach, “Et in Spiritum sanctum” from Mass in

 B Minor, BWV 232

The great Classical composers often used the bass voice, which wasthought to be the most profound and thus closest to the voice of God, torepresent especially sacred ideas. The bass third-register shift was alsooften used to create a poetic transformation on words of particular 

theological (and epistemological) significance.In this solo, Bach uses a series of register shifts to emphasize the

 

. . .

?   b b   812ma -

œche

J

œdich,

œmein

J

œHer -

œ   œze,

J

œrein,

œ .   J

œich

J

œwill

J

œJe -

œ   œsum

œselbst

j

œbe -

J

œgra -

œ   œben,

œ

?  b b ma -œ   œ cheJ

œœ  œ

dich,

œbmeinJ

œHer -œ   œ ze,J

œrein,

œ .  J

œichJ

œwillJ

œbJe -

œ

  œsum

œselbstJ

œbe -J

œgra-

œ

  œben,

œ

 

 

? ## # 86qui

œ œex

J

œPa -

œ œtre

J

œFi -

œ

œli -

J

œo -

˙ . J

œque

J

œpro-

J

œce

œ . œ œ# œ

œ. œ

œœ œœ

œ . œ œ#   œ#

 œ. J

œdit,

J

œ#

? ###

ex

j

œ Pa -œ œ treJ

œFi -

œ œli-J

œo-J

œque

J

œ#pro-

J

œce -

œ# œ

 œdit,J

œquiJ

œexJ

œPa -œ. œ

 œtreJ

œFi -

œ œ#li-

J

œo -

œ . J

œqueJ

œ# pro-J

œ ce

œ œ-œ dit;

œ

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 170/294

136 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

FIGURE 8.17 J.S. Bach, “Mache dich, mein Herze, rein” from

St. Matthew Passion, BWV 244, Part II, No. 65

The aria continues, repeating the same words, always setting the refer-ence to the soul in the second register, and reserving the few third-register references for Jesus. In this passage in the development section, Bachshows the “I” (“ich”) of the soul transformed by the commitment to

Christ, such that the “ich” likewise rises into the third register.

central idea of Christianity, the concept that the Holy Spirit proceedsfrom both the Father and the Son (“Filioque”). These words are repeatedthree times, first without any passage into the third register. A dramaticshift into the third register, at which Bach introduces an accidentalD-sharp, occurs at the repetition of “que” (“and”), and then, in the lastrepetition, on “Filio” (“the Son”).

? bb 812ich

œ Jœwill

JœJe -

Jœ Jœsum

Jœselbst

œ   Jœbe -

Jœgra -

œ œben,

jœ ‰ich

Jœwill

JœJe -

œ œsum

Jœselbst

œ œbe -

jœgra-

œben,

 UFIGURE 8.19 Mozart, “Lacrymosa” from Requiem, K. 626

Mozart’s Requiem in D minor frequently uses the bass high register shiftto create a “long line” of development across the entire piece, with the

high D marking the composition’s turning point. This figure shows thebass line ascending very slowly, across a long phrase from low G to

hi h D

FIGURE 8.20 Mozart, “Aprite un po’ quegl’occhi” from Le nozze di

 Figaro, Act IV, Scene 8, No. 26, at C=256

Mozart often plays with the bass register shift with such humor that hedesigns entire arias around it. Here the bass Figaro first sings that women

feel neither love nor pity (“amore non senton, non senton pietà”), anemotional outburst rising to a loud sustained E-flat in the third register,which is supposed to be humorously drawn out. Then, the singer is tosuddenly change his comportment from rage to humor, and the voice

d b k i h d i D fl i i “I d

?   b 812la -

œ .#cry -

œ .mo -

œ .sa

œ .di -

œ .es

œ .il -

œ .la,

œ .?   b

qua

œ .re -

œ .sur -

œ .bget

œ .bex

œ .nfa -

œ .nvil -

œ .la

œ .

?   b ju -

œ .ndi -

œ .ncan -

œ .dus

œ .ho -

œ .#mo

œ .#re -

œ .us:

œ ‰

 

? bbb c-[a ] mo-

 3œre

œnon

œsen-

œton,

J

œnon

J

œsen-

œton

J

œpie -

J

œtà,

œ‰

non

J

œsen-

œton

J

œpie -

J

œtà,

œno,

œno,

œno,

œno.

˙

? bbb   Il

˙bre -œ sto,J

œ ilJ

œ re -œ stoJ

œ nolJ

œ di -œ œ co,

˙

già o -œ gnu-œ no,J

œ già oJ

œ gnu -œ noJ

œ loJ

œ sa.œ

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 171/294

T H E B A S S V O I C E 137

high D.The passage is a poetic answer to the movement’s opening phrase

(see Figure 4.12). The theme is the phrase “qua resurget ex favilla,” inwhich the soprano, mezzosoprano, and tenor rise from the low D minor chord into their higher registers. In the passage shown here, the basscompletes that action.

drops back into the second register on D-flat, singing, “I need not saymore, since everyone knows it.”

 U

FIGURE 8.21 Mozart, “Aprite un po’ quegl’occhi” from Le nozze di

 Figaro, Act IV, Scene 8, No. 26, at A=440

At A=440 the aria is ruined, implicitly spoiling the entire opera, whichcenters on Mozart’s characterization of Figaro as a republican type whois superior to the Count because of his wit and humor. At A=440, theironical D-flat is forced up into the third register, so that in the final line

Figaro continues to rant like an angry peasant with no plan of action.The Metropolitan Opera in New York, the leading institution

d f di A 440 t i i th U it d St t h tl l i d

FIGURE 8.22 Beethoven, “Nun sprecht, wie ging’s?” from Fidelio,

Act I, Scene 10, No. 10

Beethoven frequently structured his bass material around the high Dregister shift. The jailer Rocco states that he will not commit a murder,

singing at the top of the second register. But in apposition, the overseer (“der Gouverneur”) will indeed do so himself, and the register is shiftedon his name, and again on “selbst” (“himself”).

 

? bbb c-[a ] mo-

 3œre

œnon

œsen-

œton,

J

œnon

J

œsen-

œton

J

œpie -

J

œtà,

œ‰

non

J

œsen-

œton

J

œpie -

J

œtà,

œno,

œno,

œno,

œno.

˙

? bbb   Il

˙bre -œ sto,J

œ ilJ

œ re -œ stoJ

œ nolJ

œ di -œ œ co,

˙

già o -œ gnu-œ no,J

œ già oJ

œ gnu -œ noJ

œ loJ

œ sa.œ

? #   czum

œMor -

œ .den

J

œdingt

œ .sich

J

œRoc-

œco

œnicht,

œnein,

œnein,

œnein,

œnein,

œnein,

œnein!

˙ ‰

? # Der J

œ Gou-J

œ ver-J

œ neur,

w œder 

œGou-

œver -

œneur 

œ .kommtJ

œselbst

œ .hin -J

œab,

œ  Œ Ó

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 172/294

138 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

defending A=440 tuning in the United States, has recently popularizeda staging of the opera in which Figaro is portrayed as an enraged“macho.” And indeed, at A=440 Figaro sounds rather more like the tragicclown Pagliacci, than Mozart’s witty hero.

 U

FIGURE 8.23 Verdi, “Ella giammai m’amò!” from Don Carlo,

Act III, Scene 1

Much of the great writing for basses in opera comes from Verdi, all of it rigorously structured around its registration. King Philip’s great aria

provides many examples He sings first in the subjunctive “would that

FIGURE 8.24 Verdi, “Il Grand’Inquisitor!” from Don Carlo, Act III,Scene 1

The remarkable bass-bass duet between King Philip and the GrandInquisitor makes constant use of the bass registers. Here the scornful

Inquisitor contrasts the mere temporal power of the King, “la tua debolman” (“thy weak hand”), which Verdi sets at the top of the secondregister, with the mighty power of the Papal Inquisition extended over “the Roman sphere” (“l’orbe roman”), which rises to a sustained

high D

 

. . .

? b c  π

Ah!

œ   stringendo

se il

 3J

œ .ser -

J

œto

J

œ#re-

J

œgal

˙ 3‰a

J

œme

J

œdes-

 3J

œse il

J

œpo-

J

œter 

œ . .di

J

œ fleg

˙b   J

œ .ge -

J

œre

J

œ .bnei

J

œ

? bcor,œb

cheJ

œ .DioJ

œsolœ

puòj

œ .bve -j˚

œ I. TEMPO

der!œ

? # #Ah!

J

œ ‰se il

 3

J

œ .ser-

J

œto

J

œ-re

J

œgal

œ J

œ ‰   3‰a

J

œme

J

œdes

 3J

œse il

J

œpo-

J

œter 

œ . .di

j

œleg -

J

œ .ge-

J

œre

J

œ .nei

J

œƒ

cor!

œ J

œ ‰lungosilenzio U∑

 

? bbb cIn -

J

œfran -

J

œge -

J

œre

J

œntu

J

œvuoi

J

œcon

J

œla

J

œtua

J

œde -

œbol

œman

w

? bb b ‰. ilJ

œ san -J

œ.

toJ

œ gio -œn go e -œ# ste -J

œ soJ

œ so -J

œn vraJ

œ l’or -œ beJ

œ .ro -J

œman!

w

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 173/294

T H E B A S S V O I C E 139

provides many examples. He sings first, in the subjunctive, would thatthe royal mantle could give me the power to read inside hearts, whereGod alone can see,” in the lower registers, rising to the top of the secondregister at D-flat. Later in the aria, he repeats this but then breaks intoa fortissimo high D, transforming the phrase “nei cor!” (“into hearts”)into a cry of anguish.

high D.

 U

FIGURE 8.25 Brahms, Vier ernste Gesänge, Op. 121, No. 1,at C=256

The song cycle begins with the somber words of Ecclesiastes: “For that

which befalleth the sons of men, befalleth beasts: as the one dieth, sodieth the other” (“wie dies stirbt, so stirbt er auch”). The first entry into

the third register occurs on the word “so ” emphasizing the comparison

FIGURE 8.26 Brahms, Vier ernste Gesänge, Op. 121, No. 1,at A=440

This is a vivid example of the harmful effects of higher tuning onphrasing. If the C-sharp is sung in the third register, as it would be atA=440 or above, the repeated descents into the second register would

be lost Since this is the theme of the four songs the cycle is rendered

?   b   cDenn

œ   œes

œ   œge -

œhet

jœdem

j

œMen -

œ   œschen

œ   œwie

œdem

œVieh,

˙   Œ?   b

wie

œdies

œ#stirbt,

œ   Œso

œstirbt

œn   œ   Œer 

œauch,

œ

?   bwie

œdies

œ   œ#stirbt,

œ   œ   Œso

œstirbt

œ   œ   Œer 

œauch;

˙

?   b   cDenn

œ   œes

œ   œge -

œhet

j

œdem

jœMen -

œ   œschen

œ   œwie

œdem

œVieh,

˙   Œ?   b

wie

œdies

œ#stirbt,

œ   Œso

œstirbt

œn   œ   Œer 

œauch,

œ

?   bwie

œdies

œ   œ#stirbt,

œ   œ   Œso

œstirbt

œ   œ   Œer 

œauch;

˙

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 174/294

140 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

the third register occurs on the word so, emphasizing the comparison.In the following phrase, dwelling further on the similarity of the deathsof men and beasts, the emphasis created by the shift is moved to “diesstirbt,” where a shift from the third to the second register occurs withinboth words. One could say that the third-register voice sings the words“so . . . dies stirbt” across the two separate phrases.

be lost. Since this is the theme of the four songs, the cycle is renderedunintelligible.

 UFIGURE 8.27 J.S. Bach, “Magnificat” from Magnificat, BWV 243 FIGURE 8.28 J.S. Bach, “Sanctus” from Mass in B Minor,

BWV 232Soprano I 

Soprano II 

Alto 

Tenor 

Bass 

&

&

&V

### #

# ## #

43

43

43

43

‰Ma

œ œ 

œ œ œ œ 

œ œ œ œ

‰Ma

œ œ

 

œ .   œ 

œ œ œ œ∑

gni -

j

œ .fi-

jœcat,

œ   Œ

gni -

j

œ .  fi-

jœ cat,

œ

  Œ

‰Ma

œ œ 

œ .   œ 

œ œ œ œ‰

Ma

œ œ 

œ œ œ œ 

œ œ œ œ

‰ma -

j

œgni -

J

œ .fi-

J

œcat,

œ

‰ma -

j

œ  gni -

j

œ .fi-

j

œcat,

œ

 

œ œ œ 

œgni -

j

œ . fi-

œ  cat,

œ

 

œ œ œ 

œgni -

j

œ .fi-

j

œcat,

œ

œ .

œ œ

Soprano I 

Soprano II 

Alto I 

Alto II 

Tenor 

&

&&

&

V

# #

# ## ## #

c

cc

c

f Largo

San -

œctus,

œ  3

san

œ   œ   œ  3

 

œ   œ   œ

fSan -

œ ctus,œ  3

sanœ   œ   œ 3

 œ   œ   œf

San -

œctus,

œ 3

san

œ   œ   œ 3

 

œ   œ   œf

 3

San -

œ   œ   œctus,

œ   Ó3

 

œctus,

œsan

œ   œ   œ 

œ   œ   œ

 

œ ctus,œ sanœ   œ   œ  œn   œ   œ

 

œctus,

œsan

œ   œ   œ 

œ   œ   œ

san -

œ   œ   œctus,

œ   Ó

 

œctus,

œ

 œ ctus,œ

 

œctus,

œ

san -

œ   œ   œctus,

œ

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 175/294

T H E B A S S V O I C E 141

J.S. Bach and others frequently use a repeated bass high D as a way of underlining the festive key of D major. In the opening measures, theupper voices open with a melismatic figure, while the first entrance of the bass voice is a simple octave leap from D–D, into the third

register.The motion of the five upper voices is unified by the regular shifts of thebass from their third-register high D’s to the octave below.

? ## 43 ‰ Ma -Jœ gni -J fi-J cat,

Bass 

V?

# ## #

c

c

f  3

San -

œ   œ   œctus,

œ   Óf

San -

œctus,

œ Ósan -

œ   œ   œctus,

œ   Ó

san -

œctus,

œ Ósan -

œ   œn   œctus,

œ   Ó

san -

œctus,

œ

 U

FIGURE 8.29 Handel, “The Trumpet Shall Sound” from Messiah,

Part III, No. 48

A typical use of the bass soloist in Classical sacred music is in a duetwith a trumpet or other brass instrument denoting the trumpet of the LastJudgment. Here, as above, the piece is set in D. The opening vocal lineshows the repeated use of the third-register D for three notes, more

extended in each phrase than in the previous one—a hint of the threeblasts on a ram’s horn from the Jewish Rosh Hashanah.

FIGURE 8.31 Mozart, “Dies iræ” from Requiem, K. 626

Mozart sets the turmoil of the Day of Wrath here by limiting all motionto the intense alternation between two neighboring notes. The contrarymotion of the sopranos is heightened by their contrary alternation of 

registers.

? # #   43   Œ ŒThe

œtrum-

œpet

œ   œshall

œ   œsound,

˙ .   ˙ .   Œ Œthe

œtrum -

œpet

œ   œshall

œ

  œsound,

˙ .   ˙ .

? # #   Œ andœ theœ deadœ shallœ   œ beœ

  œraised,

˙ .   ˙ .   ˙ .  Œ Œ beœ raisedœ

  œin-

œcor -œ rup-J

œ ti-J

œ ble,œ Œ

Soprano 

Bass 

&?

b

b

c

ccun -

J

œcta

J

œ

cun -

J

œcta

J

œ stri -

œcte

œdis -

œcus -

œ

stri -

œ#cte

œdis -

œcus -

œ su -

œrus,

œ   Ó

su -

œ#rus,

œ   Ó

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 176/294

142 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

FIGURE 8.30 Handel, “And He Shall Purify” from Messiah, Part I,No. 7

The bass register shift is often used to answer a shift in the other voices.

In this chorus which contains much imitation, Handel used the bass shifton high D to answer the soprano register shift on high G, at the samerelative point in the vocal line. The two voices’ respective register shifts,which lie a major tenth apart, are used here to create a cross-voice.

Soprano 

&   b b   c Œ ‰FAnd

JœHe

œshall

œpu -

œ œri-

œfy,

œ   ‰and

JœHe

Jœshall

Jœpu-

Jœri-

Jœfy

œ œ œ œ œ œ œ œ   œ œ œœ œœ œ œ Jœthe

jœsons

œ

Soprano 

Bass 

&?

b b

b b 

Jœof 

JœLe -

œnvi,

œ   ŒŒ ‰

And

JœHe

œshall

œn∑

pu -

œ œri-

œnfy,

œ ‰and

JϷ

He

Jœshall

Jœpu-

Jœri-

Jœfy

œ œ œ œ œœœœ∑

œ œ œœ œœœ œ œœœœ œœ   œn   œ

 UFIGURE 8.32 Mozart, “Tuba mirum” from Requiem, K. 626

The bass solo which immediately follows the “Dies iræ” uses the bass

register shift in a cross-voice relation with the tenor trombone’s

The Bass First-to-Second Register Shift 

FIGURE 8.33 J.S. Bach, “So nun der Geist” from Jesu, meine

 Freude, BWV 227

 

III

III

Tenor trombone solo 

Bass solo 

?b b

b bC

C

˙  ˙

œ   œ   œ   œ∑

w

Tu -

˙

ba

˙

mi -

œrum

œspar-

œgens

œ

so

w

w

 U

œ .   œœnum,

œ   UŒ

Bass solo 

?   b btu -

˙ .ba

œmi-

œrum

œspar-

œgens

œso -

œnum

œ   ŒBass solo ?   b b

per 

J

œ .se -

j

œpulch-

œra

œ   Œre -

J

œ .gi -

J

œo -

œnum,

œ   Œco -

J

œ .get

J

œo-

œmnes

œan -

œ .te

J

œthro

œnum,

œ

Soprano I 

Alto 

Bass 

&&?

##

#

2323

23

So

˙

nun

˙

der 

˙#

So

˙nun

˙der 

˙

So

˙

nun

˙

der 

˙

Geist

˙

  Ó Ó

Geist

˙Ó Ó

Geist

˙   Ó Ó

des,

˙n   Ó Ó

des,

˙Ó Ó

des,

˙#   Ó Ó

&

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 177/294

T H E B A S S V O I C E 143

gthird-register shift (see Figure 6.21). The bass echoes the Judgment Daytrumpet in the opening trombone solo by shifting into the third register on “mirum” (“wondrous”) (see also Figure 8.41).

The bass develops the theme in the lower registers, and at the climaxof the solo, makes a more extended rise into the third register on the ideathat the trumpet will “call all” (“coget omnes”) before God’s throne.

The bass has a secondary shift, from first to second register, betweenG and A-flat below C=256. As in the tenor and baritone voices, this shiftoccurs at the half-way point of the D–D octave defined by the primaryD shift.

J.S. Bach often highlighted this shift between the dark quality of the

first register and the somewhat brighter second register, in order tocontrast changes between minor and major in the key of E. Here, thisshift occurs at the start of the chorus as part of the movement from E tothe dominant B.1

&&

?

##

#

der 

˙

Je

œsum

œvon

œden

œ

der 

˙Je

œsum

œvon

œ#  den

œ

der 

˙

Jeœsumœn vonœ denœ

To-

˙ .ten

œauf-

œer -

œ

To-

˙ .ten

œauf-

œer -

œ#

To-

˙ .# tenœ auf-œ er -œ

wec

œket

œhat,

œin

œeuch

˙

wek -

˙ .  ket

œhat,

œ œ#

wek -

˙

. ketœ hat,œ inœ

œ œwoh -

˙ .   œ#

in

œeuch

œ  woh -

œ œ œ œ

euchœ œ woh -w

net,

˙#   Ó Ó

net,

˙Ó Ó

net,

˙ Ó Ó

__________1 For ease of reading, a slightly different convention is used to indicate the first

register in the male voices. Instead of the shaded box used for the soprano, mezzosoprano,and contralto first register, male first-register notes are indicated by an unshaded,solid-outlined box.

 U

FIGURE 8.34 “Gloria” from Mass in C Major (“Coronation”),K. 317

Mozart used the contrast between first and second register quality in thechoral bass section in a number of pieces. In this mass, the glorification

of God is referenced in the first register, while the statement of gratitudeshown here introduces a new voice, in the second register; the con-tinuation returns to the previous voice. At A=440 tuning, which wouldplace the shift between F-sharp and G, the distinction would be blurredby a shift back into the second register on “tibi.”

FIGURE 8.35 Mozart, Ave verum corpus, K. 618

?   43Gra -

J

œ .ti-

J

œas,

œ   Œgra -

œ .#ti -

J

œas

œa -

J

œ .gi -

J

œmus,

œ   Œ?

a -

œ .#gi -J

œmus

œti -

œnbi

œ   Œ

Tenor 

Bass 

V?

# ## #

C

C

sotto voce

sotto voce

A -

˙

ve,

˙

A -

˙

ve,

˙

a -

˙

ve

˙

a -

˙

ve

˙

ve -

˙

rum

˙

ve -

˙

rum

˙

cor -

˙

pus,

˙

cor -

˙

pus,

˙

V?

# ## #

na -

˙ .tum

œ

na -

˙ .tum

œde

œMa -

œri -

œa

œ

de

œMa -

œri -

œa

œvir -

˙ .gi -

œ

vir -

˙ .gi -

œne,

w

ne,

w

V ˙ ˙ ˙ ˙

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 178/294

144 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

Mozart often coordinated the first-to-second register shift of the choraltenors and basses in order enhance the introduction of a new idea. (Seealso Figure 6.23.)

As the piece opens, the sopranos and altos (not shown) pass in andout of the first register in dialogue, while the tenors and basses remainin the first register. In the second couplet (here, the third system), bothmale voices shift simultaneously into the second register on “vere pas-sum,” which initiates a modulation from D to A.

V?

# ## #

ve -.

reœ

ve -

˙ .re

œ pas -œ   œ

sum

pas -

œ   œsum

˙im -

.mo -

œ

im -

˙#mo -

˙

la -œ   œ

tum

la -

œ#   œtum

˙

 U

FIGURE 8.36 Beethoven, “Wohlan, so helfet!” from Fidelio, Act II,Scene 8, No. 16

Near the end of the opera, after Fidelio’s true identity as Leonore hasbeen revealed and her husband Florestan has been saved, the jailer Rocco

describes Leonore’s service as Fidelio in a section in which all G’s arenatural, and hence in the first register. Rocco then plucks up the courageto accuse the overseer Pizarro of attempted murder, and the G’s shift toG-sharp in the second register.

FIGURE 8.38 Brahms, Vier ernste Gesänge, Op. 121, No. 1

Brahms was equally rigorous with this register shift. The first phrasestates the idea of the likeness of man and beast, and remains in the first

register; the next begins in the second register, with the accidentalG-sharp on “wie dies stirbt” (“as the one dieth”) in the second register,

and the first entry into the third register on “so,” followed by a drop backi t th fi t i t G t l i i t t d (S l Fi 8 25 )

? # # #   cund

œnder 

J

œso

J

œbra -

œ .ve,

J

œtreu -

œ .ne

J

œDien-

œste,

J

œdaß

J

œich

œn   U‰zum

J

œEi-

œdam

œnsie

œer -

œkor.

˙n

? ##

#Der J

œnUn

œnmensch

œwollt’J

œinJ

œdie-J

œser J

œStun -

œ#deJ

œvol l -J

œzieh’n

œan

œFlo-J

œ#re-J

œstanJ

œdenJ

œMord…

˙

 

?   b   cDenn

œ   œes

œ   œge -

œhet

j

œdem

jœMen -

œ   œschen

œ   œwie

œdem

œVieh,

˙   Œ?   b

wie

œdies

œ#stirbt,

œ   Œso

œstirbt

œn   œ   Œer 

œauch,

œ

?   bwie

œdies

œ   œ#stirbt,

œ   œ   Œso

œstirbt

œ   œ   Œer 

œauch;

˙

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 179/294

T H E B A S S V O I C E 145

FIGURE 8.37 Verdi, “Ella giammai m’amò” from Don Carlo,Act III, Scene 1

The aria’s opening line, after hovering in the low part of the bass secondregister, dips into the darker first register on the ironically expressed“regal” (“royal”). The second line of the couplet sinks down into the first

register on the words “when my days are done.”

into the first register as G-natural is reinstated. (See also Fig. 8.25.)

FIGURE 8.39 Brahms, Vier ernste Gesänge, Op. 121, No. 1

At the conclusion of the first stanza of the same song, Brahms has thebass rise into the third register, and then sink back into the first register 

to complete the thought.

? b c pDor -

œmi -

Jœ .rò

Jœsol

œ .nel

Jœman -

Jœto

Jœ   ^mio

Jœre -

Jœgal,

˙

? bquan -

œ   œ#do

Jœla

Jœmia

œ .gior -

Jœ   .na -

Jœ   .ta è

Jœ#   .giun -

Jœ   .ta a

Jœse -

œra,

?   cdenn

œes

œ#ist

œal -

œles

œei

œn 

˙

 

œtel,

œ

?   43denn

œes

œist

œ#al -

œ   ˙#les

œei

œn 

˙

 

œtel.

˙

 U

The Bass ‘Childhood’ Register Shift 

FIGURE 8.40 Mozart, “O Isis und Osiris” from Die Zauberflöte,

Act II, Scene 1, No. 10

The great Classical polyphonic composers often use shifts at F-sharp,E, and D an octave below the male third register shift, to emphasize a

new poetic voice, even though the adult male has no such physicalregister shift (see Figures 6 27 6 31 and 7 27 7 33) These shifts recall

FIGURE 8.41 Mozart, “Tuba mirum” from Requiem, K. 626

?   b 43 starktœ mitœ Ge -œ duld

˙sieœ   œ in

˙Ge -œ fahr,œ   œ   Œ?   b

starkt

œmit

œnGe -

œduld

œ#   œsie

œin

˙nGe -

œfahr,

˙   Œ

 

III I

III

III

Tenor trombone solo 

Bass solo 

?b b

b bC

C

˙  ˙

œ   œ   œ   œ∑

w

Tu -

˙

ba

˙

mi -

œrum

œspar -

œgens

œTenor trombone solo 

Bass solo 

?b b

b b‰   œ   œ   œ   œb   œ   œ   œb

so

w

œ   œ   œ

  œb   œ   œ   œ   œ

w

œ   ‰   UÓ U

œ .   œ œnum,

œ   UŒ

Bass solo 

b b ˙ Œ

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 180/294

146 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

register shift (see Figures 6.27 –6.31 and 7.27 –7.33). These shifts recallthe fundamental geometry of the shifts around C=256, but are reflectedinto other octaves of musical space.

Mozart’s Sarastro never sings in the third register throughout The

 Magic Flute, but instead emphasizes the lower registers. Here, at theconclusion of his first aria, the bass soloist sings the conclusion twice,initially in the first and second registers, and then resolving downward

into the lowest range of the voice.2

Compare this figure with Figure 8.32. The registers of the tenor tromboneshift at every C, such that the trombone’s opening phrase ends on a lowsustained B-flat in the first register. Mozart has picked the tenor tromboneso as to coordinate these register shifts with the bass soloist. The bassenters, and registrally mimics what the trombone has done.

This reflected lower register shift also creates a three-voice coun-

terpoint within the rest of the bass solo in the bottom two lines of thisexample, with the alternation betweeen the first and second registers, andfinally the third register.

__________2 The convention for the bass childhood first register is a shaded box similar to that

of the soprano, but with a dotted outline to indicate its metaphorical nature.

III

?   b btu -

.baœ

mi-œ

rumœ

spar-œ

gensœ

so -œ

numœ   Œ

Bass solo ?   b bper 

Jœ .se -

jœpulch-

œra

œ   Œre -

Jœ .gi -

Jœo -

œnum,

œ   Œco -

Jœ .get

Jœo-

œmnes

œan -

œ .te

Jœthro-

œnum,

œ

 UFIGURE 8.42 Brahms, Vier ernste gesänge, Op. 121, No. 3

The third of Brahms’s four songs opens with stark words fromEcclesiasticus 41:1, “O death, how bitter is the remembrance of thee.”It was Brahms, and not Jesus Sirach, who chose to repeat the opening

exclamation twice. Since no contrapuntal composer would ever meansuch a phrase to be sung the same way twice in succession, Brahmsevidently wanted the second “Tod” sung in quite a different voice thanthe first. This is only possible with the bass lower reflected register shift,

here between E and C.The requirement for such a shift is brought out by the succeeding

 

? # 23Grave

O

˙

Tod,

˙   Óo

˙

Tod,

˙   Ó

? #wie

˙#bit

˙ .   œ

 œnter,

œ   Œwie

˙

bit

˙ .   œ œter 

œbist

œ œdu,

˙

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 181/294

T H E B A S S V O I C E 147

The requirement for such a shift is brought out by the succeedingline, which contains a shift up into, and then down from, the third register,while the repetition contains a shift from the second to the first

register.

BLANK PAGE

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 182/294

P A R T

III

COMPOSING

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 183/294

COMPOSING

THE LIED

BLANK PAGE

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 184/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 185/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 186/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 187/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 188/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 189/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 190/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 191/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 192/294

gogue acknowledges the desirability of vibrato in solo singers, but failsto develop it to the degree that it becomes an integral part of the voice.For example, the voice teacher will instruct a student who is havingdifficulty executing a rapid  fioritura passage to sing it with no vibrato

whatsoever. Although the passage can then be sung “up to speed,” theresulting loss of the bel canto “position” in such passages destroys theability to properly execute register changes, and undermines the beautyof the voice. Or, the voice teacher will encourage vibrato in solo singers,while discouraging it in choruses.

Once the voice begins to attain elevation, roundness, and consistentvibrato, we begin to hear “connection” of the voice.

Vocalization:The Physical Pitch of Human Speech

Leonardo and other founders of the universal bel canto method were alsothe first to document the inherent physical pitch of human language, andespecially of the vocalization of bel canto vowels. The Italian term for “vowel” is “vocale;” “to vocalize” therefore strictly means “to sing on

the vowels.” The vowels of human speech form a regular geometricalseries of pitch intervals, in just the way that Kepler described the regular and precise orbits of the planets in his  Harmonici Mundi (see Part I).

These vowel pitches, like the planets, are in harmony with the underlyinggeometrical laws of the universe. (“Harmony” here, as elsewhere in thismanual, does not refer to the modern reductionist’s of vertical or chordal“harmony,” but rather indicates Keplerian harmonic ordering.)

Modern laboratories have measured a relative difference in pitch,

from low to high, from the / u / at the throat of Leonardo’s diagram (Figure9.4) to the / 7 / at top. In fact, there is a continuum of relative pitch fromthe lowest or darkest vowel / u /, through the spectrum of the Italian

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 193/294

P R I N C I P L E S O F B E L C A N T O 159

vowels up to the highest or brightest vowel / i /.

That is, there is a natural scientific basis for the time-honored methodof bel canto which actually can give certain pitch patterns for music itself,the basis of a science of musical composition.

The musical intervals formed in the human vocal tract in vocalizingthe seven pure Italian vowels, including the two open vowels, are shown

in the following two figures.

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 194/294

FIGURE 9.8 Vocalization of the Italian Male Voice

 

& w   w   w   w#   w   w   w

a) Actual pitch, transposeda) down one octave

Complementary vowels

Octave

Ascending sequence

 F i f t h

Descending sequence

 M a j o r  s e v e n

 t h

 M a j o r  s i x t h

 M a j o r  s i x t h

 D i m i n i s h e d  f

 i f t h

 F o u r t h

 / o /  / u /   / O / / 7 / / E / / e / / i / 

Octave + minor third

Octave + fifth

Vowel

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 195/294

P R I N C I P L E S O F B E L C A N T O 161

This is the same chart, developed from slightly different data for adultItalian male speakers from a 1975 study by F.E. Ferrero.3 The male datawere distinct enough from the soprano data, that both are given. The

similarities also demonstrate that the basic principle of harmonic inter-vals between vowels is consistent for all human voices.

__________3 F.E. Ferrero, et al., “Some Acoustic Characteristics of the Italian Vowels,” Journal

of Italian Linguistics 3:1, 1978. Research Paper presented at the Eighth InternationalCongress of Phonetic Sciences, Leeds, England, August 1975.

Both charts are based upon Italian speech, because since theRenaissance, Italian has been the international language standard for teaching of bel canto, and also for teaching of drama and poetry in thegreat acting schools of Europe.

&   w   w   w   w   w   w   wb) Relative intervalsb) with /u / set at 256 Hz

FIGURE 9.9 Guido d’Arezzo’s Vowel Monochord

 

a e i o u a e i o u e i o u a e i u

C512

C256

C128

“F2”

Γ A B C D E F G a d e f g a′ b′ b′ db b b c

a o

c′

FIGURE 9.10 Guido d’Arezzo, “Sancte Johannes”

Guido gave an illustration, selecting the group of tones from C=256 tothe G above it for the setting of his chant, as shown at the top of this

figure. The bottom of the figure shows how the chant would look inmodern notation.

 

Sanc

te

Jo

han

nes me

ri

to

rum tu

o

rum

co

pi

as

ne que

o

di

gne

ca

ne re

In modern notation:

& Sanc -w   tew Jo -w han -w   nesw me -w ri -w to -w rumw tu -w o -w&

rum

wco -

wpi -

was

w  ne -

wque -

wo

wdi -

wgne

wca -

w  ne -

wre.

w

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 196/294

162 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

Well before the Renaissance, this basic principle of musicality inherentin the spoken human voice was known. The Christian-humanist music

teacher Guido d’Arezzo asserted in the ninth century that some textsmay be set to music precisely from vocalization of the pitches of thevowels, and that the harmonic relationship among the vowels impliesa principle of vowel melody.

Guido’s data were slightly incorrect, but his approach was sound.He called for the vowels to be placed under the scale of his monochord,as shown at the top of the figure.

That is, Guido believed there existed a physical phenomenon similar to what we call the second formant, a resonance peak in the voice whichwas audible and rose continuously in pitch across a spectrum of vowels.The bottom of the figure gives a graph of the “F2” implied by hismonochord. Guido’s hypothetical “F2” for the Italian vowels rose in a

progression / 7 /, / e /, / i /, / o /, / u /.4

a e i o u a e i o u a e i o u a e i o u

__________4 Compare this with the graph of modern F2 values in Figure 9.12; note that actual

second formants would be an octave higher than Guido’s “F 2” here.

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 197/294

FIGURE 9.13 Placement of F2 in Mouth for Spoken / i /, / 7 /, and / u /  A properly vocalized / o / is felt to be focused where its second formantis actually produced, in the center of the mouth. Thus, the / o / of the Italiansyllable “no” is used in the earliest training to center the entire voiceproperly. This F2 or second formant is very tangibly felt by the singer on every vowel, as a moving focal point of energy which changes fromvowel to vowel.

After / o /, the kinesthetic placement of the other vowels may be

learned. A properly sung / u / focuses just behind / o /. A properly sung / 7 / or / i / focuses further toward the front of the mask.

The student is asked to learn to consciously redirect and control thecolumn of air in his vocal tract. The three very distinct formantconfigurations of / i /, / 7 /, and / u / are shown in Figure 9.13; the pointersshow where each formant is produced inside the mouth and throat. Thevolume and shape of the resonating cavity is different for each vowel.

On the left of the figure are simple schematic diagrams of the changes

in the tongue with different vowels. On the right are mathematicalfunctions. The volume of F2, the most audible formant, is highlighted in

black. The F2  of the most highly-pitched vowel / i

 / is created in atightly-focused, forward space; that of the / 7 / further back, in a broader space; and that of the / u / even further back, in a very different space.

 

0

4

8

12

16

0 4 8 12 16Distance from lips (cm)

   C  r  o  s  s  -  s  e  c   t   i  o  n  a   l  a  r  e  a

  o   f  v  o  c  a   l   t  r  a  c   t   (  c  m   2   )

F2

F1

F3

   C  o  r   d  s

 / i / 

Uvula

Genioglossus muscle (tongue)

Epiglottis

Vocal fold (cords)

F2

 / i / 

F2

F1

F3

Cords

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 198/294

164 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

0 4 8 12 16Distance from lips (cm)

0

4

8

12

16

   C  r  o  s  s

  -  s  e  c   t   i  o  n  a   l  a  r  e  a

  o   f  v  o

  c  a   l   t  r  a  c   t   (  c  m   2   )

Distance from lips (cm)

0 4 8 12 16

   C  r  o  s  s  -  s  e

  c   t   i  o  n  a   l  a  r  e  a

  o   f  v  o  c  a   l

   t  r  a  c   t   (  c  m   2   )

0

4

8

12

16

Cords

F2

F1F3

   C  o  r   d  s

 /a/ 

 /u/ 

F2

F1

F3

Cords

 /u/ F2

F1

F3

   C  o  r   d  s

 /a/ 

F2

F1

F3

FIGURE 9.14 Vowels as Transforms

The varying quality of the vowels is a type of transform, a physicalfunction which acts upon other physical forces to preserve a specific

As shown in the figure, the frequency range of the raw sound isorganized into a sequence of fixed formant resonance peaks, labeled F1,

 

30

20

10

30

0 1000 2000 3000

F1

F2

F3

30

20

10

30

0 500 1500 2500

F1 F2 F3

30

20

10

30

0 1000 2000 3000

   R   E   L   A   T   I

   V   E   A   M   P   L   I   T   U   D   E   (   d  e  c   i   b  e   l  s   )

FREQUENCY (Hz)

(a)Raw sound spectrum

at vocal cords

(b)Transform function

of the neutral vowel’sformant resonance peaks

in throat and mouth

(c)Result to listener

after sound (a) passesthrough vowel transform (b)

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 199/294

P R I N C I P L E S O F B E L C A N T O 165

p p y p p

characteristic for transformation. One familiar transform is the coloredlight filter, which acts upon other wave functions to preseve a certaincharacteristic. Just as any color of light (within limits) passing througha red filter, will come out with a recognizably red hue, so any pitch(within limits) initiated at the vocal cords, will enter the vocal tract, held

in an / 7 / position, and emerge as a recognizable / 7 /.

g q p , 1,

F2, and F3, in addition to the fundamental frequency F0. It is the presenceof these characteristic resonance peaks which makes a vowel sound moreor less the same, no matter what its fundamental pitch. The vocalizationof Italian, and of other languages, derives from the lawful geometry thatgoverns the absolute values characterizing these vowel singularities in

the spectrum of human speech.

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 200/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 201/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 202/294

FIGURE

 9.18 Rossini, Duetto di due gatti

This excerpt from Sins of My Old Age by Giacomo Rossini (1792–1868),shows a humorous but surprisingly accurate parody of the cat’s meow,emphasizing the second formant, F2. (This formant is not unique to the

human vocal tract; feline formants have been measured in the labor-atory.) The opening “miau” is composed of three notes: the / i /, which isthe highest note A; the / 7 /, upon which the singer must execute a portamento slide down to the D; and the / u / at the lowest note, C-sharp.In the second “miau,” the relation is made even clearer, by changing thephrase such that the last syllable is not / u /, but rather / 7 /–/ u /. Since themore high-pitched / 7 / is involved, this note, F, is a bit higher than theC-sharp to which the pure / u / fell in the first “miau.”

FIGURE 9.19Bellini, “Vanne, o rosa fortunata”

Vincenzo Bellini (1801–1835) is famous not only for his operas, but alsofor his art songs for voice and piano, earning him the epithet “the ItalianSchubert.” Giuseppe Verdi also composed such Italian “ Lieder .”

Here, rather than set each vowel sound one by one, Bellini graspedthe inherent prosody of the most significant vowel pitches across the long

 

& b cMia

˙ .   œu,

˙#   Ómi

˙   œ   œau,

˙

& bmia

˙ .   œ   œb   œ   œ   œ   ˙ œ   œnu,

˙

 

& 86Van-

J

œne, o

J

œro -

œsa

J

œfor -

œtu -

J

œna -

œta,

J

œa

œ œpo -

J

œsar 

œ œdi

J

œNi -

œ œce in

j

œpet -

œto,

j

œ ‰

& #ed

J

œo -

J

œgnum

œsa-

J

œrà

œco -

J

œstret-

œto

J

œLa

œtua

J

œsor -

œ . œte

J

œin -

j

œ T

vi -

œ œ .di -

j

œ   jœ

ar.

œ

& #Là

œntro -

J

œvar 

œndob

J

œbiam

œla

J

œmor-

œte,

J

œtu

œ .œd’in -

œ#   œvi -

œ . œdia

J

œed

J

œi -

J

œ .o

J

œd’a -

œ œmor,

& #ed

œi -

J

œ Uo

J

œ .d’a -

J

œmor.

œ

. . .

. . .

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 203/294

P R I N C I P L E S O F B E L C A N T O 169

the inherent prosody of the most significant vowel pitches across the longline of the song as a whole, based on the playful vowel inversion of thepoem from the opening phrase, “o rosa fortunata” (“O fortunate rose”),

to “amor” (“love”), which the poet has saved for the end:

o, ro-sa for-(tu)-nata . . . a-mor. / O /→ / 7 /, / o /→ / 7 / . . . / 7 /→ / o / 

The first line (“Go, fortunate rose, rest on Nice’s breast”) presentsthe ascending theme from / o / to / 7 /, from the fifth, D, on “o rosa,” to thesixth, E on “fortunata.” The second line develops this, rising from the / o / and / u / of “ognum” again on the fifth, up to the high G octave on / 7 / of “la tua sorte.”

By the third stanza, the third line in the example above, Bellini isrepeating his playful joke by inverting the same idea. Instead of rising

from / o / to / 7 /, now he repeats three times a falling figure from / 7 / to / o /, from F to E, as the poem inverts from / 7 / to / o /:

 Là tro- /   var  dob- /   biam la mor-(te)

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 204/294

Many four-voice fugues on the words “Kyrie eleison” of the Catholicmass follow this same principle, beginning at the fifth above on the higher vowel / i / of “kyrie,” undergoing development at the lower / e / of ”kyrie. . . eleison,” and finally falling to the tonic on the lowest vowel of the

three, the sustained / o / of “eleison.”

FIGURE 9.21 Schubert, “Ave Maria,” D. 839

That the prosody of a line of poetic text provides the composer with thegerm of a musical idea, becomes clear when one compares the samepoetry set to music by different composers. One very simple, but illus-trative case, is the prayer “Ave Maria.”

Schubert opens his setting of a Walter Scott poem which has thesewords as its opening line, with a theme reflecting the underlying prosodyof the phrase. He varies it according to the rhythm of the line, whensimply spoken: Áve marí a, rising from the lower / 7 / on the tonic B-flat

to the D above on the higher vowel /i/ Most obvious throughout is the

FIGURE 9.22Verdi, “Ave Maria,” Two Versions, Opening Lines

Verdi seized upon similar melodic ideas in several settings. The first textis taken, in Italian, from Dante’s Paradiso book of the Commedia, thesecond from the Latin prayer itself. In his setting of Dante’s poem (top),which begins with the variant “Ave regina,” Verdi stresses the chanting

quality of a prayer, by repeating the F-sharp, yet he varies it accordingto the rhythm of the line, when spoken.

In his second version (bottom), both the rhythm and the pitch dif-ferences evident in a poetic reading of the line are rendered musically.It rises from / 7 / of “ave” on C, to / e / on B-flat, / 7 / on A-flat, rising to/i/ on D-flat and C-sharp and then down to /7/ on B Most obvious

 

& b cA

œ .ve

œMa -

J

œri

œ . . J

œa!

œ

 

& ## 86 π

A -

œ .ve

œre -

j

œgi -

œ .na

œ .   j

œ   ‰ ‰ Œ ‰

& c

 pA -

˙

. ve,œb œb Ma -œb ri

˙b   ˙

.#  ^

aœn

a)

b)

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 205/294

P R I N C I P L E S O F B E L C A N T O 171

to the D above on the higher vowel / i /. Most obvious throughout, is thestress, often through greater length, on the / i / of Mar ia, which is mostpronounced even in simply speaking the line.

 / i / on D flat and C sharp, and then down to / 7 / on B. Most obviousthroughout, is the stress, often through greater length, on the / i / of “Maria,” as in the Schubert.

BLANK PAGE

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 206/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 207/294

All composition references immediately three degrees of interaction or freedom, proceeding directly from the bel canto human voice, con-fronting us with an elementary musical domain which is, respectively,doubly- and triply-connected.

The fact that music is based on the bel canto vocalization of thevowels and consonant-inflected vowels of poetry, is the primarynecessity which the composer must obey. A second interconnectedconsideration is the registration of the bel canto singing voice, and thethird is the natural tonal system of the universe, which allows music to

shift among certain specified keys related to the basic universal key of C, referred to as shifts in pedal points.

That is, a great artist writes a classical song (or any other composi-tion) from the same standpoint as that of learning how to sing. This meansthat he must carefully consider which language—the original, or atranslation—he will use in setting a song, since Italian, German, and

English, for example, have very different vowel sounds and syntax. Itfollows that it is very bad practice to simply translate the text of a songoriginally set in one language, into another language, without referenceto the composer’s appreciation of the crucial vowel shifts used in hissetting. Likewise, when attempting to analyze or interpret a song, it is

important to determine which language the composer was using as hisprimary reference.

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 208/294

174 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

 Italian, German, and English Vowels

FIGURE 10.1 Vowel Sounds in Italian, German, and English

 

Italian

Umlauted

vowel series

German

English

 / u / 

duro

 / u / 

Ruhedu

(long)

 / u / 

boot

 / o / 

dona

 / o / 

TodSohn(long)

 / oU / 

boat

 / O / 

donna

 / O / 

GottGlocke(short)

 / O / 

cause

 / 7 / 

Aida

 / a / 

Vater Name(long)

 / a / 

father

 / { / 

Bitteeben

 /  ;{ / 

fun

 / 7 / 

dankeTante(short)

 / @ / 

bat

 / E / 

pénna

 / E / (ä)HerzGeld

Mädchen(short)

 / E / 

bet

 / e / 

amóre

 / e / 

zehnSee

(long)

 / eI / 

bait

 / I / 

nimmer mit

(short)

 / I / 

bit

 / i / 

Aida

 / i / 

ichdir 

(long)

 / i / 

beat

 / y / 

führen,grün

 / φ  / 

schönKönig

 / . / 

öffnenzwölf 

 / U / 

Mutter unser 

(short)

 / U / 

put

 / Y / 

Mütter Glück

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 209/294

S Y N T H E T I C G E O M E T R Y O F C O M P O S I T I O N 175

The chart uses vowel symbols developed by the International

Phonetics Association (IPA). These are denoted within slashes—e.g., / o /—and are more or less consistent from language to language. The / o / of Italian (as in “dona”) is very close to the German / o / (as in “Tod”).

Examples of pronunciation are given for each language.

bootwho

boathoed

causehawed

father hod

funsofa

bathad

bethead

baithayed

bithid

beatheed

puthood

Examine the vocalization of German and English. The basic vowels of 

Italian, German, and English are all derived from the same Indo-European Sanskrit roots, and have universal sounds in common. Whilehistorically it was Italian which formed the basis for the modern poly-phonic composition of sung poetry, as Dante Alighieri reports thedevelopment of the Italian language in his De Vulgari Eloquentia, other languages developed distinct poetry using additional vowels with ex-tensive variations.

FIGURE 10.2Vocalization of German Vowels in the Male Voice

 

&   ww# ww   ww   ww#   w   w   w   w w#   w

a) Actual pitch, transposeda) down one octave

* Umlauted vowel series* (ascending)

* Umlauted vowel series

Ascending sequence

 /œ/  /Y/  / φ  /  /y/ 

D i m i n i s h e d  f i f t h 

F o u r t h 

M i n o r  t h i r d 

M a  j o r  t h i r d 

 M i n o r  t h i r d

Descending sequence

 M a j o r  s i x t h

 F o u r t h F i f t h

 O c t a v e

 M a j o r  s e v e n

 t h

 M i n o r  s e v e n

 t h

 M a j o r  s i x t h

 2 n d

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 210/294

176 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

Germany, which in the eighteenth century gave birth to an even greater Classical music than that of Renaissance Italy, adds to the basic seven

Italian vowels, seven others, making for a total of more than 14 vowels,

not including diphthongs. Above are the most common vowels of German: the seven Italian, several shorter German vowels such as / U /,and / I /, and the umlauted vowel series. The second formant (F2) of each

&  w

w#

w

w

ww

  ww#

#  w   w   w#   w w#   w

&

b) Relative intervalsb) with /u / set at 256 Hz

Complementary vowels

Octave

 / U /  / o /  / u /   / O / / a / / 7 / / E / / I / / e / / i / 

Octave + minor third

Octave + diminished fifth

Octave + major sixth

Vowel

vowel was measured in Herz and placed on the scale as was done withthe Italian vowels in Figures 9.7 and 9.8. Data are from a 1972 study byV.A. Rausch; only data for German men were available.1

While the absolute pitches vary from Italian, there is clear har-monization of the additional Germanic vowels at relative intervals withthe seven Italianate vowels.2

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 211/294

S Y N T H E T I C G E O M E T R Y O F C O M P O S I T I O N 177

__________1 A. Rausch, “Untersuchungen zur Vokalartikulation,” Deutsche IPK-Forschungs-

berichte 30, Hamburg, 1972.__________

2 See page 197 for additional comments on umlauted vowels.

FIGURE 10.3 Vocalization of English Vowels in the Male Voice

 

& w   w   w   w   w   w   w   w w#   ww

a) Actual pitch, transposeda) down one octave

Complementary vowels

Octave

 / U / 

Ascending sequence

 M i n o r  t h i r d

Descending sequence

 F i f t h

 M a j o r  s e c

 o n d F o u r t h

 O c t a v e

 M a j o r  s e v e n

 t h

 M i n o r  s e v e n

 t h

 M a j o r  s i x t

 h

 5 t h

 / oU /  / u /   / O / / a / / @ / / E / / I / / eI / / i / 

Octave

Octave + major third

Octave + fifth

Vowel  / { / ^

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 212/294

178 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

____________________________________________________Used in a Study of the Vowels,” Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, Vol. 24,1952; Ilse Lehiste and Gordon E. Peterson, “Transitions, Glides, and Diphthongs,”

 J. Acoust. Soc. Am.  33, 1961; Anthony Holbrook and Grant Fairbanks, “DiphthongFormants and Their Movements,” Journal of Hearing and Speech Research, Vol. 5, No.

1, 1962; Peter Ladefoged, given as an “average of authorities” in A Course in Phonetics,New York, 1975.

For British English: R.S. Paget, Vowel Resonances,  International PhoneticAssociation, London, 1922; J.C. Wells, “A Study of Formants of the Pure Vowels of British English,” unpublished M.A. thesis, University of London, 1962.

English uses more than 17 vowel sounds, including the Italian vowels

and the short vowels such as / U / and / I / as in German, as well as diph-thongs (vowel combinations). English also modifies the pure closedItalian / o / and / e / with the glides / oU / and / eI /; the accented first vowelof these is identical to the Italian / o / and / e /. The chart shows the secondformant (F2) in Herz, and as transposed to / u / = C256 for comparison

with the German and Italian charts. Data are from studies of the malevoice by R.S. Paget and by Peterson and Barney (1954) and others.4

&   w   w   w   w   w   w   w   w w#  w

wb) Relative intervalsb) with /u / set at 256 Hz

Diphthongs add an extra dimension of musical inflection to a lan-

guage. While umlauts are a single homogeneous sound, diphthongs are

__________4 For American English: Gordon E. Peterson and Harold L. Barney, “Control Methods

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 213/294

FIGURE 10.6 Schematic of Goethe, Schubert, and Löwe’s“Gretchen am Spinnrade”

FIGURE 10.7 Vowel Pitch Schematic of Shakespeare’s “To Silvia”

Return to Shakespeare’s “Silvia.” Examine a simple vowel pitch schemaof Shakespeare’s English. (Since this not Schubert’s setting, imagine theShakespeare on the two simple triads, A–C–E and B–D–F-sharp).

 

Meine Ruh’ ist hin,Mein Herz  ist schwer,Ich finde sie nimmer Und nimmermehr.

  u

EI

Goethe:

Franz Schubert, Op. 2 (1814):

Karl Löwe, Op. 9, H. III, No. 2 (1822)

 / I / 

& ## œ/E /

Ich finde sie nimmer undnim-

mermehr.

 / I / 

& b œ

Mein Herz  ist schwer,

 / E / 

& b œ

Meine Ruh’ ist hin,

 / u / 

& b œ

 

Who is Silvia?What  is she?

That all . . . com-mend 

 her?

 Holy, fair,and wise is she,

The heavens . . . didlend 

 her . . .

 / u /  / a / 

 / E / 

 / o / 

 / 7 / 

 / E / 

& # œ& #   œ& #  œ

& #   œ& #   œ

& #   œ

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 214/294

180 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

Examine two musical settings which were indisputably taken from the

German song sung by Gretchen in Goethe’s epic  Faust.  Schubert’sfamous opening musical theme for “Gretchen am Spinnrade” is gener-ated here by setting the rising vowel melody in Goethe’s opening strophe.An approximately contemporary setting by Karl Löwe displays theidentical vowel pattern.

Ich finde sie nimmer undnim-

mermehr.

& #

Mein Herz  ist schwer,

 / E / 

& ## œ

Meine Ruh’ ist hin,

 / u / 

& ##

œ

FIGURE 10.8 Vowel Pitch Schematic of Bauernfeld’s “An Silvia”

Now suppose that Schubert began with Bauernfeld’s German, in the keyof A major. A direct vowel-pitch setting would fall at the end of the firstcouplet, and would fall by an even greater interval at the end of thesecond.

Which of these is closer to Schubert’s music? Neither is precise, butSchubert’s musical line rises from the / u / and / o / of “who” and “holy”at the beginning of each couplet, to the higher / E / at “commend ” and

“lend .” Schubert underlines this rising melody by recapitulating it in thesecond couplet and then rising further, breaking through the register shift

FIGURE 10.9 Wave Graph of Schubert’s “To Silvia,” Op. 106,No. 4

 

saget an,daß sie die weite Flur  preist?

Auf Himmels Gunst und Spur  weist . . .

Was ist Silvia,

seh ich sie nah’n;Schön und zart

 / 7 / 

 / φ  / 

 / a / 

 / i / 

 / u / 

 / u / 

& ## # œ&

 ## # œ

& ## # œ

& # # # œ& # # # œ& ## # œ

 

& ## #

& # #   u–iiaa–ii   a

aa e

oe

Who What    commend 

Who is Silvia? What  is she,  That all our swains commend  her?

u (i–ia)a a a e ao (i–i)e ^

^

2nd register

o–iaaai–ii   ^

e^ e

^

e

 Holy   wise lend  

 Holy, fair, and wise is she;  The heavens such grace did lend  her . . .

o (i–aa)^ e ^ e

a–ai (i–i)^  e ^

^

3rd register

[Where ^ denotes either “uh” or the neutral schwa to be sung]

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 215/294

S Y N T H E T I C G E O M E T R Y O F C O M P O S I T I O N 181

p g , g g gto the high F-sharp on “lend .”

The Shakespeare rises over the course of each couplet, while theBauernfeld falls; the Bauernfeld bears no resemblance to the musical line

by Schubert.

Now graph the basic skeleton of Shakespeare’s vowel melody toSchubert’s musical line. (For simplicity of reading, the English andGerman vowels in Figures 10.9 and 10.10 have all been reduced to their 

nearest pure closed Italian vowel equivalents.)Schubert has created a variation upon the direct vowel melody settinghe used in “Gretchen.” Schubert uses Shakespeare’s vowels not in alinear rising line, but in the form of a wave, similar to the graph made

by a ball bouncing down the stairs, hitting the bottom at full speed, andrebounding.

Closer examination reveals Schubert created the motion to rise to / e / of “commend ” and “lend ” by first inverting the / u / to / 7 / formantrelation in the opening line. His tones fall from / u / to / 7 /, after which

he uses the motion of that fall to swing up to / e /. The fact that he invertswhat is known to be a rising interval from / u / to / 7 /, performs net workagainst the natural rising interval which creates the energy to swing up

to / e /.

Schubert also uses the repeated occurrence of / i / in diphthongs andother unstressed syllables such as “is Silvi . . .” and “is she” to createhis rising motion, even while still falling broadly in pitch from “who”to “what.” The repeated unstressed / i /s each time slightly modulate thestressed vowels / u / and / 7 /, and have the effect of creating a slightupward swing of vowel pitch after each stressed vowel. This also creates

additional motion to the final swing up to the / e /.The fact that all of this is repeated twice, first in the opening couplet

and again in the second couplet, creates the increased potential for the

rise in pitch to F-sharp in the third register on “lend.” The wave crest of the second couplet is sharper than that of the opening couplet, accentu-ated by the singular third register.

FIGURE 10.10 Bauernfeld’s German with Schubert’s “To Silvia”

Not only is there nothing in the German to help Schubert generate sucha musical line, but it is not even advisable to attempt to “curve-fit” the

 

& ## #

& # #   a–iiaa–eaa   a

ii ai

^

u

Was saget   Flur 

Was ist Silvia, saget an,

  Daß sie die weite Flur  preist?

a (i–ia)

a i i ai

a^

(e–a)

u ai

ai

2nd register

œ–uaai–iaa   au

i^ u

u

u

Schön ich Spur  

Schön und zart seh’ ich sie nah’n;  Auf Himmels Gunst und Spur  weist . . . œ (u–a)au i ^ u e–iu

ai

3rd register

(i–a)u ai

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 216/294

182 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

pGerman to this line. Here we have graphed the vowels of the Germanagainst the graph of Schubert’s musical line above.

The first line is passable, but the second, third, and fourth lines go

directly against the German. Particularly incongruous are the accented / u / of “Flur” and “Spur” at the high points, where the much higher vowel / e / should be. Worse, the following harsh / 7I / of “preist” and “weist,”where the soft English / } / (“er”) should be, draw an unwanted accent

to the final syllable of each couplet. This is almost humorous after themajor register shift from E to F-sharp between “Flur” and “Spur.” It ispoor composition to thus undercut such a register shift.

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 217/294

maturely prominent, but he would be forced to repeat the third register too frequently. This would dilute the third register’s impact and removeit as a singularity toward which the song might develop.

Schubert chose to have the opening strophe rise to the high F-natural

at the top of the soprano’s second register, pointing toward the thirdregister but reserving its use. He defined three peaks in the openingcouplet: “Ruh,” “Herz,” and “ Nimmermehr,” to be the triad defining hiskey, with “ Nimmermehr” on F. He also wanted to keep the triad withinthe second register.

He therefore had a choice between F major, with a triad of F–A–C(reordered as A–C–F), or else the relative minor, D minor, with the triadD–F–A, reordered as A–D–F. The minor was chosen as most emotionally

appropriate to Gretchen’s mood, not the least because in F major, havingthe opening theme rise to the tonic F would halt the motion at the outset.In D minor, F hovers a minor third above the tonic D, never resolving,which is entirely appropriate to the poem’s mood.

FIGURE 10.12 Schubert, “Gretchen am Spinnrade,” Op. 2,Transposed to C Minor 

Certain other keys could have been selected to accomplished the samework. Schubert could have set the song in C minor or C-sharp minor,

leting the soprano theme rise to the E-flat or E-natural at the top of thesecond register, as is often done. That would have kept his opening triadwithin the soprano second register, with the lowest note being respec-tively G or G-sharp. But selecting either of those keys would have forcedthe tessitura of the opening two lines so low that there would be excessiveuse of the  first  register during the opening bar of the song.

More important, the effect of a lower key would change the devel-opment  of the song as a whole. Schubert’s 11-strophe plan for the songwas to have a thematic strophe, repeated four times, with variations upon

it in the intervening seven strophes. The stepwise motion of the openingtheme, and Gretchen’s mood of hypnotic fixation, indicated that no large

i l ld b i i h i i h

 

& bbb 86Mei -

j

œ  ne

j

œ  Ruh

œ .   œ œist

j

œhin,

œ .   j

œ ‰mein

j

œHerz

œ . œist

j

œschwer;

œ .

& bb b   Œich

jœfin -

œ .de,

œich

J

œfin -

œ .n   j

œde

J

œsie

J

œnim-

œ .mer 

œund

J

œnim -

œ . œmer-

j

œnmehr.

œ .

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 218/294

184 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

operatic leaps would be appropriate, even in the variation strophes.

FIGURE 10.13 Schubert, “Gretchen am Spinnrade,” Op. 2

The breakthrough during the development strophes, to a singularity atthe much-anticipated third register, would have to occur as an extensionof this fixated, stepwise motion. Schubert accomplishes this in the D

minor setting (a) from F to G at the phrase, “und ach, sein Kuß!”underscored by two dissonances in sequence in the keyboard. The sameeffect could have been achieved if the piece were in C-sharp minor,

which would still locate the shift from E to F-sharp in the third register;but it could not be achieved in C minor (b), where that same step wouldfail to reach into the third register.

FIGURE 10.14 Comparison of Soprano and Tenor Second Registers

The classical literature for male voice shows many examples of howregister is critical to the determination of key. In the following, it should

be kept in mind that the second register of male voices spans only afourth, as opposed to the female’s second register, which extends onehalf-step short of a full octave. The distinction between the male first andsecond registers is furthermore not as audible as that between the femalefirst and second registers (see Chapter 6).

Thus, Classical treatment of the male voice often seeks to composethe opening thematic material in a dialogue, using the two contrastingvoices of the first and second registers. The first register may be used

more extensively than with the female voice. At the same time, thesubtler quality of the male’s first-to-second register shift lends all the

i t hi hift i t th thi d i t

 

& bbb 83 seinœ . Hän -

œde -J

œ druck,œ .   Œ ‰ undœ . ach,

˙ .  Œ ‰ seinœ .

  UKuß!

˙ .

& b 83sein

œ .Hän -

œde -

J

œdruck,

œ .   Œ ‰und

œ .ach,

˙ .   Œ ‰sein

œ .   UKuß!

˙ .a

b)

 

&   œ#   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œn

V   œ   œ   œ   œn

a) Soprano second register

b) Tenor second register

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 219/294

S Y N T H E T I C G E O M E T R Y O F C O M P O S I T I O N 185

more prominence to his shift into the third register.Since the range of the male second register is so narrow, any change

in key will nearly always vitiate the composer’s intention in the voicing

of the registers.Schubert’s two late song works,  Die Winterreise  and the post-humously published collection Schwanengesang, are full of this geo-

metrical approach to the poems’ original vowel geometry, and the proper superimposition upon it of the tenor and baritone voices with regard todistinct registers.

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 220/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 221/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 222/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 223/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 224/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 225/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 226/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 227/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 228/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 229/294

The tension created by Goethe between these two verbs focuses the

mind on a transformation, from the lower level of sense-certainty“knowing,” to the higher level of intelligible  “knowing,” a trans-formation which described as that from “simple hypothesis” to “higher 

hypothesis.”9 Goethe made this “kennt→weiß” transformation unmis-takeably pivotal by repeating it at the end of the song.

In every setting of this poem, four by Beethoven and no less thanseven by Schubert, the musical stress is entirely upon the two verbs andtheir transformation, and not on strict metrical sing-song.

FIGURE 10.28 Beethoven, “Sehnsucht,” Variation I, WoO 134

In Beethoven’s first setting, “weiß,” which went unaccented in themodern version, is lengthened to a half-note.

FIGURE 10.29 Beethoven, “Sehnsucht,” Variation III, WoO 134

FIGURE 10.30 Beethoven, “Sehnsucht,” Variation IV, WoO 134

This stress on “weiß” continues through the final variation, where in thefinal line Beethoven creates poetic closure of all four variations byrepeating “weiß, ja, weiß, was ich Leide!”

Schubert spent a good deal of time on this little poem, and severalof his settings are obvious efforts to expand on Beethoven’s work.Schubert’s five known solo settings, in chronological order are: D. 310a,D. 310b (1815); D. 359 (1816); D. 481 (1816); and Op. 62, No. 4(1826). He was therefore preoccupied with this song virtually throughout

his entire mature creative life. In addition, in 1826 Schubert set the poemas suggested by Goethe, as a duet for soprano and tenor, and as a piecefor male chorus.

 

& bb c1. Nur 2. Ach!

˙   œ œwer der 

j

œdie

mich

J

œSehn-liebt

œ .suchtund

J

œkennt,kennt,

˙

weiß,ist

˙

wasin

œ œichder 

œ œlei -

Wei -

˙

de!te.

œ

 

b b 3 œ

œ J

œ J

œ

œ œ œ œ j

j

 

& bb 86Nur 

œ .wer 

œ  œdie

j

œ#Sehn -

œsucht

j

œkennt,

œ .weiß,

œ .was

œ   œich

J

œlei -

œ .de,

œ#

& bb ja,

j

œweiß,

œ .was

œb   œich

J

œlei -

˙ .de!

œ

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 230/294

196 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

In Beethoven’s third setting, “weiß” is the first syllable which is accented

by being sustained over more than one note.

__________9 The “higher hypothesis” is not synonymous with Immanuel Kant’s flawed con-ception of a priori knowledge. See Lyndon H. LaRouche, Jr., “In Defense of CommonSense,” in: The Science of Christian Economy and Other Prison Writings, Washington,D.C.: Schiller Institute, 1991.

b b 431. Nur 

2. Ach!

œwer 

der 

Jœdie

mich

JœSehn -

liebt

Jsucht

und

Jœkennt,

kennt,

œweiß,

ist

œ   œwas

in

jœich

der 

jœlei -

Wei -

œ   œde!

te.

œ

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 231/294

BLANK PAGE

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 232/294

C H A P T E R

11

 Artistic Beauty:Schiller versus Goethe

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 233/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 234/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 235/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 236/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 237/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 238/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 239/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 240/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 241/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 242/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 243/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 244/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 245/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 246/294

FIGURE 11.6 Comparison of Six Settings of Goethe’s “Kennst du das Land?”

 

J.F. Reichardt (1795) J.F. Reichardt (1795)

L. v. Beethoven, Op. 75, No. 1 (1809) L. v. Beethoven, Op. 75, No. 1 (1809)

F. Schubert, D. 321 (1815)F. Schubert, D. 321 (1815)

R. Schumann, Op. 98a, No. 1 (1841)R. Schumann, Op. 98a, No. 1 (1841)

& bb 83-da

J

œhin,

œ-da

J

œnhin

J

œgeht

j

œbun -

jœser 

j

œWeg,

 3

œ œo

J

œVa -

J

œ j

œ#ter,

j

œlaß

jœuns

jœziehn!

œ

& ## # 42-Da

J

œ#hin,

œ .-da

J

œ#hin!

œ-da

j

œhin

J

œgeht

J

œun-

J

œser 

j

œWeg!

œ .o

j

œVa-

J

œter,

J

œlaß

J

œuns

j

œziehn!

œ .

& ## #-da

J

œhin,

˙   œ   J

œda -J

œhin!

˙

  œ

& ### 86 -DaJ

œ hin!œ ‰ Œ -daJ

œ hinœ gehtJ

œ un -œ ser J

œ Weg!œ oJ

œ Va -œ œ ter,J

œ laßœ . unsœ J

œ ziehn.œ

& bb b 43Da -

œ œhin!

˙

da -

œ œhin

œ .geht

J

œun-

J

œser 

J

œWeg!

œ .no

J

œVa -

œb   œter,

œ œlaß

˙

uns

œ œziehn.

˙ .

& bb 83 ‰Kennst

J

œdu

jœdas

j

œLand,

J

œ .wo

j

œdie

jœZi -

J

œtro -

J

œ .nen

j˚œblühn,

& ## # 42Kennst

œdu

J

œdas

J

œLand,

œJ

œwo

J

œdie

j

œ .Zi -

j

œtro -

J

œ .nen

J

œblühn,

œ

& # ## 42 Kennstœ   dujœ . dasj

˚

œ Land,œ . woj

œ diej

œ Zi -jœ tro -J

œ . nenJ

œ blühn,œ   J

œ

& bb b 43Kennst

œdu

œdas

œLand,

œ .wo

J

œdie

J

œZi -

J

œtro -

œ .   J

œnen

œ   œ   j

œ

blühn,

˙

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 247/294

S C H I L L E R V E R S U S G O E T H E 213

P. Tchaikovsky, Op. 25, No. 3 (1874) P. Tchaikovsky, Op. 25, No. 3 (1874)

H. Wolf (1888) H. Wolf (1888)

& 4398bbbbbb   ‰Da -œ Jœ hin!œ Jœ ‰ ‰ ‰ da -

œ Jœ

hin

œb  Jœ ‰ ‰ ‰ geht

œ œun -

œ œ œser Jœ

  UWeg!Jœ

& bb b cTu -

jœda,

œ .tu-

jœda,

œ .tu -

Jœda

œ .s to-

Jœboi

œ .Kho -

Jœte-

Jœla b

jœya

jœu-

Jœkryt-

Jœsa,

Jœmi-

Jœly

Jœmoi!

˙b

& ### 43 ‰Kennstœ   duœ den

jœ BergJœ undjœ sei -œ . nenjœ Wol -

jœ . ken -j

˚

œ steg?

˙

& bb b cTy

Jœzna -

Jœyesh

Jœkrai,

œ   Jœgdye

Jœmirt

Jœi

jœlavr 

Jœra -

Jœstyot,

œ . . .

. . .

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 248/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 249/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 250/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 251/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 252/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 253/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 254/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 255/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 256/294

FIGURE 11.13 Reichardt, “Nähe des Geliebten” No. 23 (1795)

Contrast Reichardt’s 1795 setting with Schubert’s. Reichardt makes themistake of composing the poem ad seriatim: He simply sets the firststrophe, and lets the rest be “sung off,” in Jenner’s pejorative description,as the tail follows the dog. Reichardt misses Goethe’s major poetic ideasin the third and fourth strophes, let alone improving upon the poem.Reichardt directs the listener’s attention to the particulars of the text of 

the poem and not to its concept The melody is simple with no difficult

Conceptually, however, the most important phrase in the song occurs just there, but in the fourth strophe, at the exclamatory subjunctive “Owärst du da!” By rushing this with sixteenth notes, Reichardt misses the

concept, spoiling the entire song. The 2/4 measure merely copies therhythmical short-long of the iambic meter.

Reichardt himself was dissatisfied with this setting, and rewrote itlater, correcting some of these flaws.

 

&

?

bb

b b

42

42

pich

in

im

die

j

œœœ

j

œJ

œ

den -

tief -

stil -

Son -

œœ   œœnke

er 

len

ne

œœ œb

˙

œ   œ

 œ

˙

dein,

Nacht,

Hai -

sinkt,

œ   jœwenn

wenn

ne

bald

j

œœ .œœ

œœ..   ‰

sich

auf 

geh

leuch-

j

œdes

dem

ich

ten

j

œMon -

schmal -

oft

mir 

j

œdes

en

zu

die

Œ ‰  jœJ

œ

Flim -

Ste -

lau -

Ster -

œ œ œmer 

ge

schen,

ne.

œœ   œ

‰ œ   j

œœ   œ

&

?

bb

b b

in

der 

wenn

O

jϹ

Quel -

Wand -

al -

wärst

œ .len

rer 

les

du

j

œ‰   J

œœ   œœ

˙

malt.

bebt.

schweigt.

da!

œ ‰œ

œ   ‰

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 257/294

S C H I L L E R V E R S U S G O E T H E 223

the poem, and not to its concept. The melody is simple, with no difficultintervals. Reichardt failed to hear that his melody, grounded as it is inthe first strophe, becomes clumsy in the third strophe precisely at

Goethe’s new development “Im stillen Haine geh. . . .” Instead of emphasizing a singularity at the verbal action “geh,” it draws out the lessimportant noun “Haine.”

Reichardt’s preoccupation with the first strophe also yields aninadequate treatment of the important shifts in the poem from the firstand second strophes, to the final two strophes. For example, in the fourth

and fifth full measure of the example, the rapid sixteenth notes proceedfrom a linear setting of the first strophe’s ending, “. . . Flimmer in

Quellen malt.”

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 258/294

FIGURE 11.15 Schubert, “Das Wandern,” from Die Schöne Müllerin,

Op. 25, No. 1

Another clear example of the same principle is the voice line of “DasWandern,” composed not from the prosody of the first strophe, but fromthat of the fifth strophe. The opening leaps of a fourth and fifth (F to

B-flat, then A to E-flat) are a repeated refrain. The words, however, areawkward in the first strophe, and indeed never repeat on those notes, until

the fifth and final strophe: “O, Wandern, Wandern, meine Lust!” whichis revealed to have been the compositional reference-point.

The final strophe also shows the vocalization of the poem on whichSchubert based his theme. It rises from / 7 / to / E / (“Wandern”) twice, thento the highest vowel / i / on the high point of “meine,” and returns to thelowest note on the lowest vowel, the / u / of “Lust.”

That and the distinctly differing sonorities of each of the fivet h i th h l h ibl d l t h

 

& bb 421. Das

2. Vom

3. Das

4. Die

5. O

jœWan -

Was -

sehn

Stei -

Wan -

jœdern

ser 

wir 

ne

dern,

J

œist

ha -

auch

selbst,

Wan -

jœdes

ben

den

so

dern,

J

œMül -

wir’s

Rä -

schwer 

mei -

œ   œlers

ge -

dern

sie

ne

œ œLust,

lernt,

ab,

sind,

Lust,

j

œdas

vom

den

die

o

J

œWan -

Was -

Rä -

Stei -

Wan -

œ . œdern!

ser!

dern!

ne!

dern!

J

œ ‰

& bb Œ ‰Das

Vom

Das

Die

O

j

œ Wan -

Was -

sehn

Stei -

Wan -

j

œ dern

ser 

wir 

ne

dern,

J

œ ist

ha -

auch

selbst,

Wan -

jœ des

ben

den

so

dern,

J

œ Mül -

wir’s

Rä -

schwer 

mei -

œ   œ lers

ge -

dern

sie

ne

œ œ Lust,

lernt,

ab,

sind,

Lust,

jœ das

vom

den

die

o

J

œ Wan -

Was -

Rä -

Stei -

Wan -

œ . œ dern!

ser!

dern!

ne!

dern!

J

œ ‰

 Accompaniment of Strophic Song

True artistic creation of the strophic Lied  must be achieved not only by

perfection of the vocal line, but by its polyphonic development withrespect to the piano accompaniment. Thus, Brahms would say, inchoosing the accompaniment for the song line, that the composer shouldchoose a piano accompaniment which is designed to facilitate this pro-gressive process of bringing a composition conceptually to a complete

statement, and which would be incomplete without such.In strict strophic settings, Schubert always created a strophic

accompaniment which was not  intended to be performed in a constantmanner for the singing of each successive strophe of the poem. Rather,

he anticipated the variation which must occur in the singer’s treatmentof each strophe, and created an accompaniment which is adapted to theperformance of all the strophes.

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 259/294

S C H I L L E R V E R S U S G O E T H E 225

That, and the distinctly differing sonorities of each of the fivestrophes, gives the song as a whole a comprehensible development such

that five strophes is not  too many, as singers often claim by way of anexcuse for the popular bad habit of singing only three of them.

FIGURE 11.16 Schubert, “Nähe des Geliebten” (Second Version),Op. 5, No. 2

FIGURE 11.17 Schubert, “Nähe des Geliebten” (First Version),D. 162a

In was on these grounds that Schubert reworked the accompaniment to

“Nähe des Geliebten” before publishing it. Compare Schubert’s finalsetting (Figure 11.16), which the composer preferred and published, tohis initial one composed earlier the same day (Figure 11.17). One major 

change is to slow the rapid sixteenth-notes in the first draft, intoeighth notes in the final setting Sch bert considered this second setting

 

&

&?

bbb b b b

b bbbbb

b b b b b b

812

812

812

Œwennwenn

dabald

J

œ

œœ œœ œœ

Œ ‰

œ .

sichauf geh

leuch

œ .n   J

œ   J

œndes

demichten

J

œMon -

schmal -oftmir 

œdesen

zudie

J

œFlim -Ste -

lausch -Ster -

J

œ .mer geen,ne.

J

œ

œœœ   œ

œœ   œ

œœ   œ

œœ   œ

œœ   œ

œœ  ‰

  œœœ   œ

œœ  ‰   j

œœœœ .   œ   œn   œn

  œ .   œ .b

&

&?

bbb b b b

b b b b b b

b b b b b b

inder 

wenn

O,

J

œ

j

œœœ

Quel -Wand -

al -

wärst

œ .   œ œlenrer les

du

J

œmalt.bebt.schweigt.

da!

œ   j

œ   Œ ‰

‰ œœœ œœœ ‰

 œœœ

 œœœ   ‰ .

œœœ .

œœœ .

œœœ .œœœ .

œœœ

œ . œ .π

˙˙ ..

‰.

œœœ .

œœœ .

œœœ .

œœœ .

œœœ ‰

œ .   œ œ œ  jœ

˙ .   ˙ .

 

&

&

?

bbb b b b

b b b b b b

b b b b b b

86

86

86

Œbald

J

œ

œœ œœ œœœœœœœœ

Œ ‰

leuch

œ .n œ   œnten

J

œ

œœœ œœœ œœœ œœœ œœœ œœœ œœœ œœœ œœœ œœœ œœœ œœœ

œ .   œ   œn   œn

mir 

œdie

J

œSter -

J

œ .ne.

J

œ

≈  œœœ œœœ œœœ œœœ œœœ ≈  œœœ œœœ œœœ

œ .   œ .&

&?

bbb b b b

b b b b b b

b b b b b b

O,

J

œ

œœœ œœœ

wärst

œ .   œ   œdu

J

œ

≈ 

œœœ œœœ œœœ œœœ œœœ ≈ 

œœœ œœœ œœœ

 œœœ

 œœœ

˙ .œ.   œ .

da!

œ .   œ   ‰

≈ 

œœœ

 œœœ

 œœœ

 œœœ

 œœœ

 œœœ

 œœœ

 œœœ œœœ

 œœœ

 œœœ˙˙ ..

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 260/294

226 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

change is to slow the rapid sixteenth notes in the first draft, intoeighth-notes in the final setting. Schubert considered this second settingsuperior, because of its more sustained emotional intensity, caused bythe manner in which the voice is more suspended (i.e., supported withfewer notes) over the slower eighth-note accompaniment. Over the

course of the song, this evokes that quality of love, sustained andstretched across time and space, which is the poetic effect not of any onestrophe, but of the song as a whole.

The song is directed at the final wish, “Bald leuchten mir die Sterne.

O wärst du da!” equating the beloved with the infinite extension of thestars. In both versions, Schubert breaks his insistent accompanimentrhythm here, interposing rests on the strong beats of the piano treble,

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 261/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 262/294

C H A P T E R

12

Theme and Variations

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 263/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 264/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 265/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 266/294

FIGURE 12.2 J.S. Bach, Aria from Goldberg Variations, BWV 988

The treble voice of the aria shows the familiar poetic outlines of a

soprano-registered voice. The first couplet begins in the third register,and ends in the first.

FIGURE 12.3 J.S. Bach, Aria from Goldberg Variations, BWV 988

Bach’s Goldberg Variations  are a beautiful example of how a well-conceived bass voice line can enable the composer to acheive aremarkable degree of freedom in varying the soprano and other voices,often almost beyond recognition, while preserving poetic unity over anextended span of development. The Goldberg bass is in a passacaglia,5

d f ti d l i t i ( Fi 12 12) B h h t thi

FIGURE 12.4 J.S. Bach, Goldberg Variations, BWV 988, BassVoice of First Two Couplets

These first eight measures of the bass voice mark the first poetic coupletof the aria, which consists of two stanzas with two couplets each. Thesecond couplet begins the same way as the first, but then instead of descending from E to D, it jumps up to A (register shift), after which it

precisely mirrors the notes of the second line of the first couplet, onlytransposed upwards by a fifth. The aria is thus based on variation of the

bass line, and each successive variation is actually a variation on a

variation. This is what allows Bach to so greatly extend the composi-tion’s development.

 

&?

#

#43

43

œ œ   Mœ . œ

˙ .Œ 

Œ   œœ   j˚œ   œ   jœ

 ˙

˙ .Œ 

Œ   œMœ

  (µ  œ .   œ œ˙ .Œ 

Œ   œ#œ œ œ œ œ œ   jœ

 ˙

Œ  ˙ J

œŒ   œ

 

? #   43   ˙ .Œ 

Œ   œ  ˙ .Œ

 Œ   œ

˙ .Œ 

Œ   œ# Œ  ˙   œ   œ

Œ   œ

? #  ˙ .Œ Œ   œ

 Œ   œ .   œ   œŒ

  œ   œ   œ

  ˙‰   j

œ œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ

œ .j

œ

 

II

II

? #   43   ˙ .   ˙ .   ˙ .   ˙ .? #

  ˙ .   ˙ .   ˙ .  ˙ .

? #   ˙ .   ˙ .   ˙

.  ˙ .

? #   ˙ .   ˙ .   ˙ .  ˙ . ..

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 267/294

T H E M E A N D V A R I A T I O N S 233

and functions as a pedal point series (see Figure 12.12). Bach has set this

passage entirely within the bass voice’s first register, in order to give aunit-concept to the very short bass theme. Bach uses it to create harmoniccoherence through the composition.

__________5 The passacaglia was an aria form similar to the chaconne. The ground bass repeats

throughout the aria, in this case, in a descending pattern, falling from the tonic to thetonic an octave below, as in Figure 12.3. In the nineteenth century, the two terms beganto be used interchangeably.

FIGURE 12.5 J.S. Bach, Goldberg Variations, BWV 988,Variation 1

The bass vocal line, sometimes over the same time frame, sometimesover an extended or compressed time frame, is the basis for each vari-ation. Variation 1 achieves a free transformation of the soprano theme(including inversion of the theme’s soprano register pattern) by a rig-orous maintenance of the bass voice. The notes circled represent theoriginal bass of the theme.

FIGURE 12.6 J.S. Bach, Various Canons Based on the First Eight 

 Bass Notes of the Preceding Aria, BWV 1087

FIGURE 12.7 Handel, Aria from Suite in B-flat Major, HG II.ii.1

Handel, highly trained in composition for the bel canto voice, was careful

to compose a theme entirely based upon the registration of the humanvoice. The bass line is a classic example of an opening statement in thecentral register, followed by a poetic apposition in the higher reg-ister—in this case, the human bass third register—which begins on Dabove middle C.

Handel also constructed the registration of his soprano line in

coordination with the bass line, such that just after the bass shifts intothe third register, the keyboard treble voice makes its sole shift into the

third register. The soprano voice otherwise remains entirely in the secondregister, thereby lending even more prominence to the third-register singularity and its relation to the bass line.

FIGURE 12.8 Handel, Suite in B-flat Major, HG II.ii.1, Variation 1,Bass Line

 

&

?

#

#

43

43

œ   œ   œ œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ#

œœ   œ   œ   œ

œ  œ

œ   œ#   œ œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ

œ  œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ

œ   œ   œ

  œ   œ   œ   œ   œ#   œ   œ   œ

œ  œ   œ   œ   œ œ

œ#œ   œ   œ   œ#   œ   œ

œ   œ   œ   œ   œœ   œ   œ   œ   œJ

œ   ≈    J

œ

&

?

#

#

‰   œ   œn   œ   œ

  œœ

œ   œ   œ

  œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ  œ

  œ

‰   œ   œ   œ   œ

  œœ

œ   œ   œ œ   œ   œ   œ   œ  œ

  œ  œ

‰   œ   œ   œ   œ

  œ   œ

œ   œ#   œ œ   œ  œ

  œn   œ

  œ

  œ   œœ   œ   ≈   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ

  œ

œ

  œ

  œ   œ   œ   œ  œ

  œ  œ   œ   œ   œ

J

œ

 

    ?  #  4  2  Œ  œ . .  œ  œ  œ  œ  œ  œ  œ . .

    B#4  2  Œ . .œ  œ  œ  œ  œ  œ . .

? #   42   Œ   œ..   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   ..

B # 42 Œ .. œ œ œ œ œ œ ..

1. Canon simplex

2. all’ roverscio

 

III

&?

b b

b b

c

c

œµ  

œ.   œ  œ  œ   œ  œ   œ   œ   œ

œœœ   œ

œœ   œ

œœ

‰   J

œœ

œ  µ  

œ.   œ  œ  œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ

œœ   œœ   œœ   ‰   J

œœ

œµ  œ.   œ  œ  œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ

œœ

œœœ   œœœ   ‰   J

œœ  œ   µ  

œ   œ  œ  œ   œ

œ   ®   œ  œ  œ œ  œ  œ  œ

œœ   œœœœœœ   Œ

..

..

&?

b b

bb

œ   œ   œ  œ   œ   œ   œ  œ  œ   œ

œœœ   œ

œ

  œœ   ‰  J

œœ

..

.

.

œ   œ   µ  œ .   œ  œ  œ  œ   œ  œ  œ   œ

œœ   œœ   œœ   ‰  J

œœ

œ   µ  œ.   œ  œ  œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ

œœ   œœ   œœ   ‰  J

œœ

œ  µ  

œ.   œ  œ

  œ ≈   œ  œ   œ   œµ  œ .   œ  œ

œœ   œœ   ˙

˙

..

.

.

 

b   œ

œ  œ

œ   œ

  œ   œ   œ

  œ œ   œ

  œ   œ

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 268/294

234 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

Later Bach wrote a series of puzzle canons on the same eight notes, tobe used as instruction for students of composition. Handel, as did J.S. Bach, used the principle of varying the bass while

maintaining it as a coherent human choral voice, to allow freer variationof the treble. The notes of the bass voice are circled.

B  #  4Œ  œ  œ  œœœB    # 42   Œ   œ..   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   .. ?  b b   c œ   œ   œ   œœœ

  ‰   Jœ.. œ   œ   œ   œœœ

  ‰   Jœ œ   œ   œ œ   œ œ œ   œœ   Œ   ..

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 269/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 270/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 271/294

of the third measure entering into the lower register, representing thelower half of the C major scale. When the theme is transposed down to

G in the fifth measure, it is transformed, relative to the constant F-sharpregister shift, such that the off-beat now lies in the lower register. Such

a soprano “great bass” has been in use since the Renaissance.8

Diabelli’s theme, as with any good one, is itself a simple unit-

transformation, broadly, from C to G (shown) and back to C (not shown).The transformation occurs via a singular twist in the third line in Figure12.12, the off-beat half-step contrary motion from B-flat to A in the bass,and E–F, and F-sharp–G in the treble, creating brief motion to the fourth,

F. When repeated in measure 25 (not shown) at the high E to F, it leadsto the only third-register passage of the waltz, and the humorous return

to C major.

FIGURE 12.13 Beethoven/Diabelli, Thirty-three Variations on a

Waltz by Diabelli, Op. 120, Bass Line

 

C

G

F G

G

C

F G

G

? 43   Œ   .œ   Œ .œ   .œ   Œ .œ   .œSœ   œ   œ

  œ   .œ  Œ

?   Œ .œ   Œ

.œ   .œ   Œ

.œ   .œ

  œ

  œ  œ   .

œ

Œ

?Sœb   œ   .œ  S

œb   œ   .œ   Sœ   œn   .œ   S

œ   œ   .œ

?

Sœœ œœ

.œœ

œ

œ

œ#

#   œ

œ

.œœ ˙

˙

.œœ

œ   Œ   ..

? ..   Œ .œœ   Œ   .œ   .œ Œ   .œ .œ

Sœ œ œ œ   .

œ   Œ

?   Œ

.œœ  Œ   .œ   .œ   Œ   .œ   .œb

Sœ  œ  œ  œ   .

œ   Œ

? œœbb   ˙ œœbb   ˙ œœ   ˙

˙

nn œœ   ˙

˙

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 272/294

238 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

The chief reason why Beethoven chose Diabelli’s bass theme, was itsclear pedal-point series, based on the motion from C to G, and the way

in which that worked with the bass line as a whole. Beethoven used this

__________8 The use of soprano registers in the bass line goes back to the Renaissance “great

bass,” a bass instrument set below the human bass range. Renaissance winds, for example,were built in six-piece choirs, or “chests of voices,” four in order to double the humanchoir of soprano, alto, tenor, and bass, plus two more: the sopranino, pitched a fourth toan octave above the human soprano, and the great bass, pitched a fourth to an octavebelow the human bass. The latter instrument often had an F-sharp register shift.

G C

?Sœb ˙

Sœb ˙ S

œ ˙

nnSœ ˙

?.œœnn   .œ

œ.œœ

.œœ

œœ œœ .œœ

˙

˙

.œœ

.œœ   Œ   ..

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 273/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 274/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 275/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 276/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 277/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 278/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 279/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 280/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 281/294

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 282/294

The concluding fourth line contains its own more subtle “joke,”which plays a crucial role in driving the development: Namely, the fourth

line’s first note, A-flat, is dissonant with the corresponding note in themelody line, A-natural. This dissonance also serves to underscore our 

earlier observation that the primary singularities of the piece seem torevolve around movement into and out of the area around A-flat andB-flat.

FIGURE 12.28 Beethoven, 15 Variations and Fugue, Op. 35,Introduction

With all the foregoing kept in mind, it is now possible to identify thecharacteristic voice species for both the melody line and the bass line.

In the bass line, the rising fifth from E-flat to B-flat crosses a register infour of the six voice species—soprano, mezzosoprano, baritone, andbass. A baritone or bass voice might seem to be the most logical speciesto sing this line. However, the increasing motion over the course of thefirst two lines is uniquely represented by the motion from E-flat toE-natural, i.e., by the mezzosoprano’s  shift from first to secondregister.

FIGURE 12.29 Beethoven, 15 Variations and Fugue, Op. 35, Finale

Beethoven’s mezzosoprano reference for this voice is further cor-roborated in the concluding three-part fugue, where the mezzosopranovoice is the first voice to enter, on precisely the same four notes as theopening bass line.

Similarly, when Beethoven introduces the inversion of this themelater in the fugue, it enters in the mezzosoprano voice, as it also does in

the corresponding fugal inversion section in the “Eroica” Symphony’slast movement.

The opening two lines of the bass theme can therefore be best heardas a mezzosoprano line which is echoed in the lower octave by a bassor baritone voice. The second two lines reverse this relationship, withthe downward half-step motion from A-flat to G best represented by ashift of the bass voice from second to first register.

 

I III

?   b b b   42.

.

œ   .

.

œœœ   œœœ .   .

.

j

œnœœ .. J

œœnn

.

.

œ   .

.

œ

.

.

œb   .

.

œnœœ   œ

œ  œ

œbb   œ

œnn

.

.

œ   Œœœ   Œ

 

&   b b b   42   ∑

p

˙∑

˙ ∑

˙∑

œ .   œ   œ   ∑œ   œ

  œ

  œ

  œn   œ   œ   ˙

J

œ

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 283/294

T H E M E A N D V A R I A T I O N S 249

FIGURE 12.30 Beethoven, 15 Variations and Fugue, Op. 35,Introduction

Beethoven is therefore dealing not only with rigorously defined voicespecies, but also with ironic transpositions of those voice species into

different octaves. He broadly hints at this intention in his three-voicevariation on the bass line, in which the soprano and bass voices, moving

in eighth-note motion against the “mezzosoprano” bass line, give theeffect of a single vocal line.

FIGURE 12.31 Beethoven, The Creatures of Prometheus, Op. 43,Finale

Turning to the melody line, the question of singing it as a strictly sopranovoice now begins to come into focus. Of all the human voice species, it

is the baritone voice’s register shift from first to second register whichbest represents the crucial A-flat–B-flat turning point identified earlier.(Of the non-human musical instruments, it is noteworthy that the B-flatclarinet uniquely possesses a register shift from A-flat to A-natural. SeeFigure 12.59.)

The dissonance between A-natural in the melody line, and the A-flatin the bass line, can therefore be characterized as an area of maximumtension created by the crossing over of the baritone voice moving intothe second register from A-natural up to B-flat, while the bass shifts out

of the second register and into the first register between A-flat andG—a kind of doubly-connected register shift. Another way of describingthe same relationship is to point out the three levels of pedal-point action

B th f ld th th f th i ti Th i iti l

 

&?

b b b

b b b

42

42

A tre ‰

pJ

œ&

˙

œ   œ   œ   œ

˙

œ   œ

  œ J

œ?˙

œ   œ   œ   œ

˙

œ   œ   œ   &

&&

b b bb b b   J

œœ   œœ   œ

  œ   œœ .   jœn

.J

œ œ   œ

  œ?œ   œ   œb

  œn.J

œ   œ   œ   œ&

œ   ‰.

J

œ œ   œ?....

 

&   b b b   42   J

œ   œ . J

œ   œ .   J

œ   œ . J

œ   œ .

&   b b b   J

œ   œ œ œ . J

œ   œ

  œ .œ

  œ   œ .œ   1.

œ J

œ J

œ   ..2.œ J

œ

&   b b b   ..   œ   œn   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ

  œb   œ   .

œb   .

œ   .

œ

  jœ œ   œn   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ

  œb   œ   U

œ .

&   b b b   J

œn   œ . J

œ   œ .   J

œ   Ÿœ   œ  œ œ .   œ

  œ   ‰   ..

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 284/294

250 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

as Beethoven unfolds them over the course of the variations. The initial

level of pedal point presented is the bass line itself, as cited in Figure12.27. But already implicit in the repeated B-flats is a continuous B-flatpedal point which extends throughout the first three poetic lines of therespective variations.

FIGURE 12.32 Beethoven, 15 Variations and Fugue, Op. 35,Variation IX

Beethoven makes this explicit in Variation IX, in which the notes of the

original bass line become grace notes.

FIGURE 12.33 Beethoven, 15 Variations and Fugue, Op. 35,Variation XIII

FIGURE 12.34 Beethoven, 15 Variations and Fugue, Op. 35,Variation XV

The A-natural is then re-introduced in turn into the bass line itself inVariation XV.

 

?   b b b   42   ‰   j

œ S˙   jœ   S˙..

  jœ   S

˙   j

œ S˙

?   b b b   j

œ Sœ   jœ S

œ

  j

œ Sœ .   j

œn

  jœ   œ

  jœ

œ

  j

œb  œ

  j

œnœ   1.

jœ(

S)

œ .   jœ

j

œ   j

œ(S)

˙..   2.

jœ S

œ .

?   b b b1

j

œ   jœ

œ

  j

œbœ   j

œœ

  j

œnœ

  jœ S

œ .

  jœ

j

œ..   jœ

œ

  j

œbœ

  jœ

œ

  j

œnœ

  jœ

œj

œ 3

J

œ jœ  UJ

œ

?   b b b   jœ   J

œ   jœ S

˙   jœ S

˙   jœ S

œ   jœS

œ   1.jœ

  œj

œ   J

œ  jœ

j

œ   jœ

œ

  j

œbœ

  jœ

œ

  j

œnœ   ..   2.jœ

  œj

œ   J

œ

 

&   b b b   42  j

œn   .J

œ  j

œn

  œ .(3

œœœ   .œœœ   .œœœ   . 3)œœœ   .œœœ

j

œn

  œ œœœb   œœœ   œœœ   œœœ   œœœ

j

œn

  œ œœœ   œœœ   œœœ   œœœ   œœœ

j

œn

  œ œœœ   œœœ   œœœ   œœœ   œœœ

 

&

?

b b b

b b b

86

86 cresc.

j

œœœŸj

œ

pœœœ   ≈  6 œ

  œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   .

cresc.

œ   .

œ   .œ   .

œ   .œ   .

œ

œ

œ

  œ

  œ   œ   œ   œ  ≈    Œ ‰

‰ten.

S

œ‰

ten.

Sj

œ

‰ ‰   Sj

œn

‰ ‰

&

?

b b b

b b b

‰.

j

œœœ   .j

œœœŸœœœ   œ .

J

œœ   œp  cresc.

œj

œœ œœ  j

œœ(

(

pœœœ ...   .)

)

j

œœ(

œ .œ œ   œn   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ  .)

J

œj

œ

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 285/294

T H E M E A N D V A R I A T I O N S 251

In variation XIII, Beethoven transposes this repeated B-flat pedal pointupwards two octaves, thereby finding a way to lawfully introduce thetroublesome dissonant A-natural.

FIGURE 12.35 Beethoven, 15 Variations and Fugue, Op. 35, Coda

A fully developed theme and variations such as this one cannot possiblystand as a unit-conception unless the implicitly double-fugal nature of 

the melody in conjunction with the pedal point is fully developed inpolyphonic fugal form. In this regard, Beethoven makes explicit histribute to the fugal method of his predecessor J.S. Bach, by his additionof an eight-measure coda section following Variation XV and immedi-ately preceding the fugue.

The coda section returns to the key C minor, which had already been

introduced in Variation VI; yet here, the reference to the Bach’s C minor  Musical Offering and the subsequent elaboration of the same material

by Mozart in such works as the C minor Piano Sonata K. 457 and theC minor Fantasy K. 475, is clear enough (see Figures 12.18 –12.22above).

FIGURE 12.36 Beethoven, Symphony No. 3 (“Eroica”), FuneralMarch (Second Movement)

At the same time, Beethoven’s coda section supplies a crucial seed-

crystal for his composition of the “Eroica” Symphony, as can be heardmost clearly by comparing the opening of the coda section to the sym-

phony’s second movement, the C minor Funeral March.The coda section in the variations therefore points both backward

and forward, and by virtue of that quality it is an indispensable com-ponent of the composition as a whole, as can be readily demonstratedby performing, or running through one’s mind, the composition alter-nately with and without the coda section. At the same time, the coda’schorale-like counterpoint, with its obvious four voice species (soprano,

mezzosprano, tenor, and bass), serves to firmly re-establish recognitionof the voice species after the drastic registral inversions and trans-positions of the preceding variations.

 

&

?

b b b

b b b

86

86p espressivo

œœ   œœ .. œœ   j

œœn (‰)

≈ .   œ   œ .J

œn   œ

œjœ   œ .jœ   j

œœJ

œ   ‰≈ . œ   œ .

œJ

œ

. jœJ

œ ≈ .   œcresc.

œn   œœ ...b   œœœSœœœ

  œœœ ...

  œœœ

  œœœ   œœ   œœb

  œœn. j

œJ

œ ‰œœ ..

  œœbb

  œœ œœ ..

  œœ

œ

œ   œœbb

  œœ

œœp

œœ

œœn

  œœœ

j

œ

œ .

.

 

Violin I 

&   b b b   42π

sotto voce

œ . œ

  œ   jœ

  œ .

  œn   œ . œ   œ   j

œ   ‰

&   b b b   œ   œ   œ .   œ

  œ .   œ   j

œ   ‰

&   b b b   œ œ .   œ   œ .   œ S

œ .&   b b b   œ   œ œ   œ   .œ   .œ

  œ   œ .   œn

  œ

  œ .   œ   j

œ

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 286/294

252 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

FIGURE 12.37 Beethoven, 15 Variations and Fugue, Op. 35, Finale

The fugue has three voices: soprano, mezzosoprano, and baritone. Themezzosoprano enters with the the first three notes of the pedal point,

followed by a descending sixteenth-note figure which is the preciseinversion of the ascending sixteenth-note figure of the melody (see Figure12.25).

Note that whereas the original sixteenth-note passage ends on A-flat,the inverted passage incorporated into the fugue subject is so arrangedthat its final weight falls on A-natural. Thus, the opening statement of 

the fugue provides a “resolution” to the A-flat–A-natural dissonancediscussed above. Some measures later, a resolution likewise begins to

emerge for the overall tension between the rising baritone line againstthe descending bass line as discussed above.

FIGURE 12.38 Beethoven, 15 Variations and Fugue, Op. 35, Finale

FIGURE 12.39 Beethoven, 15 Variations and Fugue, Op. 35, Finale

In the subsequent development, which is aimed toward the introductionof the fugal subject in inverted form, an A-flat pedal point is established

on an equal footing with the B-flat pedal point which is implicitthroughout the entire composition. This begins with measure 52 (last bar of the figure above), where the fugal subject is first altered, by dividingthe C–C octave by F-sharp—yet another reference to J.S. Bach’s Musical

Offering. At the same time, the tension is increased by introducing arhythmic alteration of the first bars of the original melody.

 

&   b b b   42   ∑p

˙∑

˙ ∑

˙

œ .   œ   œ   ∑œ   œ

  œ

  œ

  œn   œ   œ p

˙œ   œ   œ   œ

  œ

  œ

  œ

&   b b b   ˙

œ

  œ

  œ

  œS

œb   ˙œ

  œ

  œ   œ

  œ

  œ   œ

  œ .   œ   œ.

œ.

œ S

œn   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œœ

  œ

  œ   œ  j

œJ

œ

 

. . .

?   b b b   42 f˙

S˙ œ .?   b b b ˙˙ œ .

 

&?

b b b

b b b

42

42

Sj

œp

œ   .

œ

  œ˙

œ   .œ

  œ

œ   .

œ   œ˙

œ   .œ

  œn

œ   .œ   .œb   .œn

˙

œ   .œ   .œ   .œ   Sjœb

˙#

J

œn

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 287/294

T H E M E A N D V A R I A T I O N S 253

Although the fugue formally has three parts, there is such a stark contrastbetween the first entrance of the lowest (baritone) voice and the secondentrance, that the second one, with its weight on A-flat, could moreproperly be thought of as a  fourth fugal bass voice, instead of a mere

linear continuation of the third (baritone) voice.

b b f S S˙œ

FIGURE 12.40 Beethoven, 15 Variations and Fugue, Op. 35, Finale

This establishes the basis for the next entrance of the fugal subject, inthe soprano voice, which marks area of greatest creative “problem-

solving” in the entire composition. Not only the A-flat, but also thesoprano fourth-register D—the highest note reached by any statementof the fugal subject proper—begins an additional shift in the way themind hears the original melodic statement: Namely, instead of the poeticstress falling on the first and third measures of the original bass line (seeFigure 12.25),  such that in the melody line one implicitly hears thesequence G–A-flat most prominently, the stress is shifted toward thesecond and fourth measures of the bass line, thereby giving equal

prominence to the sequence D–E-flat.

FIGURE 12.41 Beethoven, 15 Variations and Fugue, Op. 35, Finale

FIGURE 12.42 Beethoven, 15 Variations and Fugue, Op. 35, Finale

With all the major rhythmic and registral inversions now developed, theformal introduction of the inverted fugal theme does not require exten-sive development.

FIGURE 12.43 Beethoven, 15 Variations and Fugue, Op. 35, Finale

Beethoven proceeds directly to his double organ pedal point for thefugue’s conclusion. First comes the B-flat pedal point.

 

&?

b b b

b b b

42

42f˙

œœ   .œœS

œœ

˙

œœ (.)œœS

œœn#

˙

œœ.œœn#   .œ

œn   .

œœ#S

˙b

J

œœn n   œ

  œ   .œnœœn   œœ

J

œ

J

œœ

 

&

?

b b b

b b b

42

42ƒ

J

œn.

j

œœœn Sœœœ

˙˙

œœœ .

œœœ

S

œœœnn

˙˙

œœœ   .œœœ   .œœœb   .œ

˙˙

˙n

.œœ

 

&   b b b   42p

pœ   œ   œ

  œ   œ   œ   œ   œ

˙ œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ

˙œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ

˙   œ   œ#   œ   œn   œ   œ   œ   œb

œ .   œn

  œ Ÿn

œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ

  ˙

J

œ

 

&?

b b b

b b b

42

42

œœ Œƒ

œ  œ

œ  œ

œ  œ

œ  œ  

S

œ  œ

œ  œ

œ  œ

œ  œ   œ   œ   œ   œ

œ   œ   œ   œ

œ  œ

œ  œ

œ  œ

œ  œ

S

˙œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ

œ  œ

œ  œ

œ  œ

œ  œ

J

œœ   œn   œ   œ‰

œœ   œœ   œœ   œœ

œ  œ

œ  œ

œ  œ

œ  œ

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 288/294

254 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

Beethoven does not neglect to make very explicit his intention to achievethis poetic shift, by using rhythmic diminution, placing sforzandos onthe second beat of each measure and shifting the melodic statementaccordingly.

FIGURE 12.44 Beethoven, 15 Variations and Fugue, Op. 35, Finale

A few measures later, this is followed the A-flat pedal point, concludingwith both together, followed by the resolution back to E-flat in the top-most voice of the arpeggiated chord. Note how the lowermost voice inthe concluding four measures of this figure is nothing other than theconcluding notes of the original bass pedal point.

FIGURE 12.45 Beethoven, 15 Variations and Fugue, Op. 35, Finale

The final section celebrates the work accomplished, with extended trills

on the B-flat pedal point. And at last, Beethoven presents the trans-position of the melody into the actual octave of the baritone and bass

voice, in the lowest line of the keyboard’s left hand, which sings tri-umphantly with the human bass register shift from G to A-flat, under-

FIGURE 12.46 Beethoven, 15 Variations and Fugue, Op. 35, Finale

But the work is not yet quite done. The final eight measures of thecomposition constitutes a second coda, in which all the crucial featuresof the development become concentrated in the single two-measuredialogue between soprano and mezzosoprano, as shown in this figure.

FIGURE 12.47 Beethoven, 15 Variations and Fugue, Op. 35, Finale

The dialogue is then accelerated, eventually into thirty-second notes.

FIGURE 12.48 Schematic of “Envelope” for Beethoven “Eroica”Variations

This leaves the mind with a kind of “envelope” of relationships, with the

interval D–A-flat encompassing two different fourth intervals, G–D andA-flat–E-flat.

 

&?

b b b

b b b

42

42œœ œ   œ   œ   œ

œ   œ   œ   œ

œœ..   J

œœƒœœœœ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ

 °

œœ..   J

œœ

œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ

œœ..   J

œœ  œ   œ   œ   œ   œ

  œ   œ   œ

œœ   œœœ   œ   œ   œ   œ

  œ   œ   œ

œœ   œœ

&?

b b b

b b bœ  œ  œ

 œ   œ  œ  œ  œ

œœ

œœ

œ  œ  œ  œ  œ  œ   œ  œ

œœ

œœ

 U

ƒ˙

˙˙

 U

 *˙

˙

˙

 Uggggggggggggggggggggg

S

˙

˙˙

 °   *

 U˙˙˙

 U˙˙

˙˙

 ° *

 U˙

˙

˙

.adagioj

œœœœ  ‰

.j

œœ

œœ U≈ 

œ

  œ

  œ

  œn   œ

  œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œb   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ

.

pj

œœ   ‰

.

j

œœ   U≈ 

p≈ 

œ.

.j

œ

 

II

&?

b b b

b b b

42

42

œ(3)

œ   œ

J

œœœf≈   œ   œn   .œ   œ   œ   .œ   œ   œ#   .œ

  œ

  œn

œœœ ...J

œœœ

.œ   œ   œn   .œ   œ   œ#   .œ   œ   œn   .œ œ   œ

œœœ ...   J

œœœb

.œ   œ   œ#   .œ   œ   œn   .œ

  œ

  œn

  œ

  œ   œ

S

œœœ ... J

œœœb

.J

œ

œœœ ...

 

&   b b b   42 J

œ   œ .   œ   .J

œ   ≈    j˚

œ œœ .   œ   . jœ

 

&   b b b   42   .fœ

sempre più forte

œ œ   œ   .œ   œ œ   œ   .œœ   œ   œ   .œ œ   œ   œ   .œ

œ œ   œ   .œ   œ œ   œ   .œœ   œ   œ   .œ œ   œ   œ   j

œ

 

&   b b b   w   w   w   w

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 289/294

T H E M E A N D V A R I A T I O N S 255

scored with a sforzando. (See Figure 12.59 for the equivalent passagesung by the orchestral basses in the “Eroica” Symphony.)

FIGURE 12.49 Beethoven, Symphony No. 3 (“Eroica”), Finale(Fourth Movement)

The significance of that final bit of work becomes immediately clear when one turns to the final movement of Symphony No. 3. There is nomystery in Beethoven’s decision to begin the movement with an

extended sixteenth-note flourish starting on D and modulating into E-flat.

Note how the modulation is accomplished by a the sequence A-natural–G–A-flat. The entire string section plays in unison here, inimitation of a full vocal chorus singing in unison; but the descent of theline gives prominence to the bass voice, which sings the opening D inthe third register and later shifts into the first register between A-flatand G.

Beethoven’s sketchbooks of 1803 show that he was clear about theneed for this opening flourish long before he began to work out the details

of the movement.When the same flourish is introduced at the beginning of the

movement’s final coda section, it enters not on D, but on G—once againin keeping with the “map” presented in Figure 12.48.

FIGURE 12.50 Beethoven, Symphony No. 3 (“Eroica”), Finale(Fourth Movement)

The “map” also quite straightforwardly supplies the most obvious added

element in the symphony movement: the rhythmic counter-subject to thepedal-point line. With Beethoven’s typical humor, he puts the first four notes in the violoncello line, even though they would more properly bean octave higher, in the soprano’s first register. Similarly, the second

four-note group in the first violins is more properly a bass voice.

 

Violin I 

&   b b b   42 œœ

ƒœ œ

  œ   œ

  œn   œ

  œn   œ   œ#   œ   œn   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œn   œ   @

˙b œ

 

Violin I 

Violin II 

Violoncello 

&

&

?

b b b

b b b

b b b

42

42

42

p dolce

˙

‰   .pœ   .œ   .œ

˙

œ J

œ ‰

‰   .pœ   .œ   .œ

˙

œ   j

œ   ‰

˙

.

œ   .œ

‰   œ œ œ

‰   œ œ œ

.

œ .   . j

œn

œ .   j

œ

œ   œ   œ   œ

.œ   .œ   .œb .

œn

œ   œ   œ   œ

œ   œ œ

œ   ‰

œ   ‰

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 290/294

256 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

FIGURE 12.51 Beethoven, Symphony No. 3 (“Eroica”), Finale(Fourth Movement)

When the same figure introduces the C minor fugato section, the other two choral voices, tenor and soprano, are used. Note here also, how thefugato subject in the violins has been altered according to the work

accomplished in the second, Funeral March movement  (see Figure12.36).

FIGURE 12.52 Beethoven, Symphony No. 3 (“Eroica”), Finale(Fourth Movement)

The rhythmic element of the Funeral March is introduced soon thereafter,

in the form of a second countersubject to the pedal point.

FIGURE 12.53 Beethoven, Symphony No. 3 (“Eroica”), Finale(Fourth Movement)

This prepares the way for the introduction of the intense developmentin the second fugato section, which is based on the pedal point in invertedform, and is introduced in its most natural voice, the mezzosoprano.

FIGURE 12.54 Beethoven, Symphony No. 3 (“Eroica”), Finale(Fourth Movement)

Unlike in the piano variations, it is only after   the inverted subject isintroduced, that the first bars of the original melody are reintroduced,by the horns, in rhythmically offset form.

By doing this, Beethoven achieves the effect of a strict fugal strettopassage, but at the same time maintains the freedom to focus on the unityof the entire symphony.

 

Clarinet I (B )

Bassoon I 

Violin I 

Violoncello 

&?

&?

b

b b b

b b bb b b

42

42

4242

b∑

p

˙

‰ pœ

  œ

  œ

˙

œ J

œn   ‰

‰ pœ œ œ

˙

œ J

œ   ‰

œ .  .

J

Ϸ

p‰œ œ œ

.œ   .œ   .œn

  .œ

œ J

œ

œ .∑

 

Violin I 

&   b b b   42   .sempref

œ   .œ .   .œ   .

œ   .œ .   .œ   .œ . .œ   .œ .   .œn   .œ .   .œ   .œ . .œn

  j

œn .œ .   .œ#   .œ .   .œ   .œ.n   .œ   .œ. .œ   .œ.#   .œ   .œ.n   .œ   jœ

 

Violin II 

&   b b b   42π˙

  ˙˙ œ .   . j

œ   .œ   .œ   .œ   .œ

  œ .   . j

œ   .œ   .œ   .œ

 

& 42   ‰

.

.f

fJ

œ

S

Horn II (E )

Horn III (E )

b

b   j

œ   œ œ

.

œ

  œœ   .

œ

  œ

  .

œ

.

œ

.

œ

  .œ   .œ

.

œ

.

œ   .

œ.œ

  .

œ.œ .œ.œ   .œ

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 291/294

T H E M E A N D V A R I A T I O N S 257

FIGURE 12.55 Beethoven, Symphony No. 3 (“Eroica”), Finale(Fourth Movement)

For example, the fugato section ends with a triumphant reassertion, by

the entire brass and woodwind section, of the pedal point in its originalform.

FIGURE 12.56 Beethoven, Symphony No. 3 (“Eroica”), FirstMovement

This immediately recalls to mind the full brass and woodwind statement

of the opening theme of the first movement.Returning to Figure 12.54, Beethoven deliberately heightens this

effect by having the winds and brass voices “interrupt” the motion byentering one beat “too early”—a method which foreshadows the“montage” approach hich Beetho en ses freel in his later orks

FIGURE 12.57 Beethoven, Symphony No. 3 (“Eroica”), FirstMovement

Indeed, Beethoven’s intention of utilizing an “interruption” as a means

of subsuming the opening theme of the first movement is already evidentat a crucial turning point of the first movement, the transition passage tothe movement’s third section which restates the opening.

 

Horns III & II (E )

Violin I 

&

&   b b b

42

42

b Œ   ƒœœ

.œ   .

œ   .

œ   .

œ

˙˙

ƒJ

œ‰

˙˙

œ   œ˙˙

œ   œœœ ..œ

 

Horn I (E )

Basses & Bassoons 

&?   b b b

43

43ƒ

b œ   œ   œ

ƒ˙ œ

˙   œ˙   œ

œ   œ   œ

œ   œ   œ˙

˙

œ œ œ

œ   œ   œ

˙

˙

 

Horn II (E )

Violin I 

Violin II 

&

&

&

b b b

b b b

43

43

43

˙ .b

@π˙ .

@

˙ .b

@

˙ .

@

˙ .

@˙ .

@

˙ .

@

˙ .

π

˙ œ

@∏

˙ .

@∏˙ .

˙   œ@

˙ .

@˙ .

f

˙ .@f

˙ .

@f

˙ .

ƒ.

˙˙

..

@

˙ ..

œ

œœœœ

ÍJ

œœ

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 292/294

258 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N

“montage” approach which Beethoven uses freely in his later worksbeginning with the Ninth Symphony.

FIGURE 12.58 Beethoven, sketch for Symphony No. 3, FirstMovement

The dissonance betweem the horn and the violins shown in Figure 12.57

led some careless nineteenth-century commentators to make the absurdclaim that Beethoven must have made some mistake here. ButBeethoven’s sketchbook from 1803 shows that he not only desired thisdissonance, but had considered an even more dissonant entrance in Dmajor, before rejecting it for the final version.

The rejected transition in D is highly suggestive of the way

Beethoven in fact introduces the fourth movement on D, as alreadydiscussed above.

FIGURE 12.59 Beethoven, Symphony No. 3 (“Eroica”), Finale(Fourth Movement)

At the poco andante, the penultimate section of the fourth movement,

marked by Beethoven in his preliminary sketches as a crucial componentof the symphony, Beethoven brings the original soprano “Prometheus”theme into virtually all the instruments of the orchestra, transposed toa variety of registers.

Here, he creates the stretto/celebration analogous to the Finale of the

Op. 35 variations (see Figure 12.45). The treble theme, appearing mainlyas soprano in higher instruments in the fourth movement, but alludingto the bass G–A-flat register shift, finally appears in the orchestral basses,making concrete his joke, “the bass voice enters at last.” The bass register 

shift is underlined with sforzandi in the basses, clarinets, bassoons, andmost of the brass instruments.

In this passage, the B-flat clarinets, the only instrument in theorchestra with a major register shift at the treble theme’s motion from

A flat to A natural sing the melody for the first time (This precise

 

@

˙ .   @.

  ˙ œ   ˙   œ   @

˙

˙ ..

˙ œb   ˙   œ   !oder 

˙ .

!7

˙ .

!! !

˙ .n

!

˙ .#

!

˙ .nf˙   œ#   ˙   œn   œ   œ   œn

  ˙

œ

œ   ˙   œ   ˙   œ

!oder 

˙ .!.

!.   !   ! !

˙   œ!

˙   œ

!.   !   !   !   ˙

˙etc.œ

 

. . .

II II

Clarinet (B )

Bassi 

&?

b

b b b

42

42

b

ƒa 2.jœ

ƒJ

œS

œ .   jœ

S

œ . J

œSœ .   j

œ

Sœ .   J

œS

œ .   jœ

S

œ .J

œSœ .

Sœ .

&?

b

b b b

œ

  œn

.  3

œ   .œ   .œn.

œ   .œ   .œ   .œ   .œ   .œ   .œ   .œ

.œ   .œ   .œ   .œ   .œ   .œ   .œ   .œ   .œ   .œ   .œ   .œ

œ . J

œnœ . J

œnSœ .   jœ

S

œ . J

œSœ .   J

œ

Sœ .   J

œ   Sœ   œ .   œ

S

œ   œ .   œj

œ

J

œ

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 293/294

T H E M E A N D V A R I A T I O N S 259

A-flat to A-natural, sing the melody for the first time. (This preciseregister shift is not found in any human voice.) Up until this passage, theclarinets are confined to the bass theme (which lacks the A-flat–A-naturalsingularity), and ornamentation of the bass. For the clarinet, this register shift is a very audible one, most comparable to that between the femalesoprano’s first and second registers (see Chapter 3, and Book II regardingwoodwind instrumental registers).

FIGURE 12.60 Beethoven, Symphony No. 3 (“Eroica”), Finale(Fourth Movement)

The symphony concludes with a celebration in precisely the same modeas in the concluding measures of the piano variations. Following the

flourish beginning on G, full poetic closure is achieved by placing theconcentrated musical “map” in the bass voice species in the bassoons,such that the stresses alternate between G in the first register and A-flatin the second register.

 

Bassoons I & II ?   b b b   42a 2.

ƒ˙   œ   .œn   .œ   .œ   .œ   .œ   .œ   .œ   œ   œ   œn   œ   œb   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   œ   J

œ

?   b b b   ≈  j

œœ Sœœ ..   œœ   œœ   ≈   œœ

S

œœ ..   œœ   j

œœ

8/11/2019 Schiller Institute manual_book_1 A manual on the rudiments of tining and registration.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/schiller-institute-manualbook1-a-manual-on-the-rudiments-of-tining-and-registrationpdf 294/294

260 M A N U A L O N T U N I N G A N D R E G I S T R A T I O N